mirror_zfs/module/zfs/spa.c

9930 lines
276 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* CDDL HEADER START
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
* Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
*
* You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
* or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions
* and limitations under the License.
*
* When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
* file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
* If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
* fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
* information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
*
* CDDL HEADER END
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
* Copyright (c) 2011, 2020 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
* Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
* Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
OpenZFS 4185 - add new cryptographic checksums to ZFS: SHA-512, Skein, Edon-R Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4185 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/45818ee Porting Notes: This code is ported on top of the Illumos Crypto Framework code: https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/4329/commits/b5e030c8dbb9cd393d313571dee4756fbba8c22d The list of porting changes includes: - Copied module/icp/include/sha2/sha2.h directly from illumos - Removed from module/icp/algs/sha2/sha2.c: #pragma inline(SHA256Init, SHA384Init, SHA512Init) - Added 'ctx' to lib/libzfs/libzfs_sendrecv.c:zio_checksum_SHA256() since it now takes in an extra parameter. - Added CTASSERT() to assert.h from for module/zfs/edonr_zfs.c - Added skein & edonr to libicp/Makefile.am - Added sha512.S. It was generated from sha512-x86_64.pl in Illumos. - Updated ztest.c with new fletcher_4_*() args; used NULL for new CTX argument. - In icp/algs/edonr/edonr_byteorder.h, Removed the #if defined(__linux) section to not #include the non-existant endian.h. - In skein_test.c, renane NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Fixup test files: - Rename <sys/varargs.h> -> <varargs.h>, <strings.h> -> <string.h>, - Remove <note.h> and define NOTE() as NOP. - Define u_longlong_t - Rename "#!/usr/bin/ksh" -> "#!/bin/ksh -p" - Rename NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Remove "for isa in $($ISAINFO); do" stuff - Add/update Makefiles - Add some userspace headers like stdio.h/stdlib.h in places of sys/types.h. - EXPORT_SYMBOL *_Init/*_Update/*_Final... routines in ICP modules. - Update scripts/zfs2zol-patch.sed - include <sys/sha2.h> in sha2_impl.h - Add sha2.h to include/sys/Makefile.am - Add skein and edonr dirs to icp Makefile - Add new checksums to zpool_get.cfg - Move checksum switch block from zfs_secpolicy_setprop() to zfs_check_settable() - Fix -Wuninitialized error in edonr_byteorder.h on PPC - Fix stack frame size errors on ARM32 - Don't unroll loops in Skein on 32-bit to save stack space - Add memory barriers in sha2.c on 32-bit to save stack space - Add filetest_001_pos.ksh checksum sanity test - Add option to write psudorandom data in file_write utility
2016-06-16 01:47:05 +03:00
* Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
* Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
* Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
* Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
* Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, Datto Inc. All rights reserved.
* Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
Add "compatibility" property for zpool feature sets Property to allow sets of features to be specified; for compatibility with specific versions / releases / external systems. Influences the behavior of 'zpool upgrade' and 'zpool create'. Initial man page changes and test cases included. Brief synopsis: zpool create -o compatibility=off|legacy|file[,file...] pool vdev... compatibility = off : disable compatibility mode (enable all features) compatibility = legacy : request that no features be enabled compatibility = file[,file...] : read features from specified files. Only features present in *all* files will be enabled on the resulting pool. Filenames may be absolute, or relative to /etc/zfs/compatibility.d or /usr/share/zfs/compatibility.d (/etc checked first). Only affects zpool create, zpool upgrade and zpool status. ABI changes in libzfs: * New function "zpool_load_compat" to load and parse compat sets. * Add "zpool_compat_status_t" typedef for compatibility parse status. * Add ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY to the pool properties enum * Add ZPOOL_STATUS_COMPATIBILITY_ERR to the pool status enum An initial set of base compatibility sets are included in cmd/zpool/compatibility.d, and the Makefile for cmd/zpool is modified to install these in $pkgdatadir/compatibility.d and to create symbolic links to a reasonable set of aliases. Reviewed-by: ericloewe Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org> Closes #11468
2021-02-18 08:30:45 +03:00
* Copyright (c) 2021, Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org>
*/
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
*
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
* This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
* This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
* pool.
*/
#include <sys/zfs_context.h>
#include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
#include <sys/spa_impl.h>
#include <sys/zio.h>
#include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
#include <sys/dmu.h>
#include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
#include <sys/zap.h>
#include <sys/zil.h>
#include <sys/ddt.h>
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
#include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
#include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
#include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
#include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
#include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
#include <sys/vdev_rebuild.h>
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
#include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
#include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
#include <sys/vdev_draid.h>
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
#include <sys/metaslab.h>
#include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
#include <sys/mmp.h>
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
#include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
#include <sys/txg.h>
#include <sys/avl.h>
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
#include <sys/bpobj.h>
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
#include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
#include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
#include <sys/unique.h>
#include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
#include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
#include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
#include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
#include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
#include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
#include <sys/arc.h>
#include <sys/callb.h>
#include <sys/systeminfo.h>
#include <sys/spa_boot.h>
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
#include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
#include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
#include <sys/zfeature.h>
#include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
#include <sys/zvol.h>
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
#ifdef _KERNEL
#include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
#include <sys/fm/util.h>
#include <sys/callb.h>
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
#include <sys/zone.h>
#include <sys/vmsystm.h>
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
#endif /* _KERNEL */
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
#include "zfs_prop.h"
#include "zfs_comutil.h"
/*
* The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
* should be retried.
*/
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
typedef enum zti_modes {
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
ZTI_MODE_FIXED, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
ZTI_MODE_BATCH, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
ZTI_MODE_SCALE, /* Taskqs scale with CPUs. */
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
ZTI_MODE_NULL, /* don't create a taskq */
ZTI_NMODES
} zti_modes_t;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
#define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
#define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
#define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
#define ZTI_SCALE { ZTI_MODE_SCALE, 0, 1 }
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
#define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
#define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
#define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
zti_modes_t zti_mode;
uint_t zti_value;
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
uint_t zti_count;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
} zio_taskq_info_t;
static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
"iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
};
/*
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
* This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
* initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
* taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
* number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
* macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
* macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
* are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
* point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
* additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
* taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
* particular taskq is chosen at random. ZTI_SCALE is similar to ZTI_BATCH,
* but with number of taskqs also scaling with number of CPUs.
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
*
* The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
* and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
* need to be handled with minimum delay.
*/
const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
/* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
{ ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
{ ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL, ZTI_SCALE, ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
{ ZTI_BATCH, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_SCALE, ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
{ ZTI_SCALE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
{ ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
{ ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
{ ZTI_N(4), ZTI_NULL, ZTI_ONE, ZTI_NULL }, /* TRIM */
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
};
static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport);
static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct = 80; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
uint_t zio_taskq_batch_tpq; /* threads per taskq */
boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE; /* use SDC scheduling class */
uint_t zio_taskq_basedc = 80; /* base duty cycle */
boolean_t spa_create_process = B_TRUE; /* no process ==> no sysdc */
/*
* Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
* This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
*/
boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun = B_FALSE;
/*
* This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
* to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
*/
#define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
*/
int spa_load_print_vdev_tree = B_FALSE;
/*
* A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
* pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
* pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
* missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
* fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
*
* With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
* datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
* added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
* addition of that device should be completely intact.
*
* With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
* dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
* recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
*
* With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
* may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
* there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
* missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
*/
unsigned long zfs_max_missing_tvds = 0;
/*
* The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
* intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
* might be incomplete or out-dated.
*
* We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
* an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
* We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
* are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
* SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
* and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
*/
uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1;
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
* by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
* been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
*/
uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan = 0;
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
/*
* Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
*/
boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync = B_FALSE;
/*
* Variables to indicate the livelist condense zthr func should wait at certain
* points for the livelist to be removed - used to test condense/destroy races
*/
int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause = 0;
int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause = 0;
/*
* Variables to track whether or not condense cancellation has been
* triggered in testing.
*/
int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel = 0;
int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel = 0;
/*
* Variable to track whether or not extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a
* livelist entry while it was being condensed (caused by the way we track
* remapped blkptrs in dbuf_remap_impl)
*/
int zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc = 0;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* ==========================================================================
* SPA properties routines
* ==========================================================================
*/
/*
* Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
*/
static void
spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
{
const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
nvlist_t *propval;
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
if (strval != NULL)
VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
else
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
nvlist_free(propval);
}
/*
* Get property values from the spa configuration.
*/
static void
spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
{
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
Illumos 4976-4984 - metaslab improvements 4976 zfs should only avoid writing to a failing non-redundant top-level vdev 4978 ztest fails in get_metaslab_refcount() 4979 extend free space histogram to device and pool 4980 metaslabs should have a fragmentation metric 4981 remove fragmented ops vector from block allocator 4982 space_map object should proactively upgrade when feature is enabled 4983 need to collect metaslab information via mdb 4984 device selection should use fragmentation metric Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <adam.leventhal@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4976 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4978 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4979 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4980 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4981 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4982 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4983 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4984 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/2e4c998 Notes: The "zdb -M" option has been re-tasked to display the new metaslab fragmentation metric and the new "zdb -I" option is used to control the maximum number of in-flight I/Os. The new fragmentation metric is derived from the space map histogram which has been rolled up to the vdev and pool level and is presented to the user via "zpool list". Add a number of module parameters related to the new metaslab weighting logic. Ported by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2595
2014-07-20 00:19:24 +04:00
uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
const zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
Illumos 4976-4984 - metaslab improvements 4976 zfs should only avoid writing to a failing non-redundant top-level vdev 4978 ztest fails in get_metaslab_refcount() 4979 extend free space histogram to device and pool 4980 metaslabs should have a fragmentation metric 4981 remove fragmented ops vector from block allocator 4982 space_map object should proactively upgrade when feature is enabled 4983 need to collect metaslab information via mdb 4984 device selection should use fragmentation metric Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <adam.leventhal@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4976 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4978 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4979 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4980 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4981 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4982 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4983 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4984 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/2e4c998 Notes: The "zdb -M" option has been re-tasked to display the new metaslab fragmentation metric and the new "zdb -I" option is used to control the maximum number of in-flight I/Os. The new fragmentation metric is derived from the space map histogram which has been rolled up to the vdev and pool level and is presented to the user via "zpool list". Add a number of module parameters related to the new metaslab weighting logic. Ported by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2595
2014-07-20 00:19:24 +04:00
metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (rvd != NULL) {
alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc);
alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa));
alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa));
Set aside a metaslab for ZIL blocks Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems: 1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively impacts performance. 2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size. This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance impact. 3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of 128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(), which has an enormous performance impact. These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device ("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the normal devices. This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg, spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the above-mentioned performance problems. Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds: 1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class) 2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class) 3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class) The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between 0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop" space that is not available for user data. On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity, and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random 8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3 above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be arbitrarily large (>100x). Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #11389
2021-01-22 02:12:54 +03:00
alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_embedded_log_class(spa));
size = metaslab_class_get_space(mc);
size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
Set aside a metaslab for ZIL blocks Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems: 1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively impacts performance. 2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size. This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance impact. 3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of 128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(), which has an enormous performance impact. These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device ("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the normal devices. This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg, spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the above-mentioned performance problems. Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds: 1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class) 2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class) 3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class) The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between 0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop" space that is not available for user data. On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity, and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random 8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3 above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be arbitrarily large (>100x). Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #11389
2021-01-22 02:12:54 +03:00
size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_embedded_log_class(spa));
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
size - alloc, src);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT, NULL,
spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_dspace, src);
Illumos 4976-4984 - metaslab improvements 4976 zfs should only avoid writing to a failing non-redundant top-level vdev 4978 ztest fails in get_metaslab_refcount() 4979 extend free space histogram to device and pool 4980 metaslabs should have a fragmentation metric 4981 remove fragmented ops vector from block allocator 4982 space_map object should proactively upgrade when feature is enabled 4983 need to collect metaslab information via mdb 4984 device selection should use fragmentation metric Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <adam.leventhal@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4976 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4978 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4979 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4980 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4981 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4982 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4983 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4984 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/2e4c998 Notes: The "zdb -M" option has been re-tasked to display the new metaslab fragmentation metric and the new "zdb -I" option is used to control the maximum number of in-flight I/Os. The new fragmentation metric is derived from the space map histogram which has been rolled up to the vdev and pool level and is presented to the user via "zpool list". Add a number of module parameters related to the new metaslab weighting logic. Ported by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2595
2014-07-20 00:19:24 +04:00
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
(spa_mode(spa) == SPA_MODE_READ), src);
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
rvd->vdev_state, src);
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
version = spa_version(spa);
if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION)) {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL,
version, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT);
} else {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL,
version, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
}
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID,
NULL, spa_load_guid(spa), src);
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (pool != NULL) {
/*
* The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
* when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
*/
if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
src);
} else {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
NULL, 0, src);
}
if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
src);
} else {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
NULL, 0, src);
}
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
}
Add "compatibility" property for zpool feature sets Property to allow sets of features to be specified; for compatibility with specific versions / releases / external systems. Influences the behavior of 'zpool upgrade' and 'zpool create'. Initial man page changes and test cases included. Brief synopsis: zpool create -o compatibility=off|legacy|file[,file...] pool vdev... compatibility = off : disable compatibility mode (enable all features) compatibility = legacy : request that no features be enabled compatibility = file[,file...] : read features from specified files. Only features present in *all* files will be enabled on the resulting pool. Filenames may be absolute, or relative to /etc/zfs/compatibility.d or /usr/share/zfs/compatibility.d (/etc checked first). Only affects zpool create, zpool upgrade and zpool status. ABI changes in libzfs: * New function "zpool_load_compat" to load and parse compat sets. * Add "zpool_compat_status_t" typedef for compatibility parse status. * Add ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY to the pool properties enum * Add ZPOOL_STATUS_COMPATIBILITY_ERR to the pool status enum An initial set of base compatibility sets are included in cmd/zpool/compatibility.d, and the Makefile for cmd/zpool is modified to install these in $pkgdatadir/compatibility.d and to create symbolic links to a reasonable set of aliases. Reviewed-by: ericloewe Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org> Closes #11468
2021-02-18 08:30:45 +03:00
if (spa->spa_compatibility != NULL) {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY,
spa->spa_compatibility, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
Illumos 5027 - zfs large block support 5027 zfs large block support Reviewed by: Alek Pinchuk <pinchuk.alek@gmail.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@richardelling.com> Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <skiselkov.ml@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/5027 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/b515258 Porting Notes: * Included in this patch is a tiny ISP2() cleanup in zio_init() from Illumos 5255. * Unlike the upstream Illumos commit this patch does not impose an arbitrary 128K block size limit on volumes. Volumes, like filesystems, are limited by the zfs_max_recordsize=1M module option. * By default the maximum record size is limited to 1M by the module option zfs_max_recordsize. This value may be safely increased up to 16M which is the largest block size supported by the on-disk format. At the moment, 1M blocks clearly offer a significant performance improvement but the benefits of going beyond this for the majority of workloads are less clear. * The illumos version of this patch increased DMU_MAX_ACCESS to 32M. This was determined not to be large enough when using 16M blocks because the zfs_make_xattrdir() function will fail (EFBIG) when assigning a TX. This was immediately observed under Linux because all newly created files must have a security xattr created and that was failing. Therefore, we've set DMU_MAX_ACCESS to 64M. * On 32-bit platforms a hard limit of 1M is set for blocks due to the limited virtual address space. We should be able to relax this one the ABD patches are merged. Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #354
2014-11-03 23:15:08 +03:00
if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
} else {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
}
Implement large_dnode pool feature Justification ------------- This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be significant. ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore provide a performance benefit to such systems. Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore, this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future applications or features are developed that could make use of a larger bonus buffer area. Implementation -------------- The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block. This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software. Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk. Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to represent size for a dnode_t. The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to "legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable automatically-sized dnodes, run # zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property. These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface. Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k, and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value. The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size. New DMU interfaces: dmu_object_alloc_dnsize() dmu_object_claim_dnsize() dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize() New ZAP interfaces: zap_create_dnsize() zap_create_norm_dnsize() zap_create_flags_dnsize() zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize() zap_create_link_dnsize() The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum bonus length for a pool. These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions: * The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter. When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind, these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE. If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0. dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case it returns ENOENT. * The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object. This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid starting point for a dnode. * dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it as a valid dnode. zdb --- The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the "dnsize" column when the object is dumped. For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for the object. ztest ----- Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to better simulate real-world datasets. Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data patterns. ZFS Test Suite -------------- Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv. Send/Receive ------------ ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive will fail gracefully. While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512 byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream. For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes, the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding in the structure. ZIL Replay ---------- The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at 48 bits. Resizing Dnodes --------------- It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode. Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode feature. Feature Reference Counting -------------------------- The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to the large_block feature. Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #3542
2016-03-17 04:25:34 +03:00
if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE)) {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL,
DNODE_MAX_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
} else {
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL,
DNODE_MIN_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
}
if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
"none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
} else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
}
}
/*
* Get zpool property values.
*/
int
spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
{
objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
zap_cursor_t zc;
zap_attribute_t za;
dsl_pool_t *dp;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
int err;
err = nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
if (err)
return (err);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Get properties from the spa config.
*/
spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
/* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0)
goto out;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
*/
for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
(err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
uint64_t intval = 0;
char *strval = NULL;
zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
zpool_prop_t prop;
if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
continue;
switch (za.za_integer_length) {
case 8:
/* integer property */
if (za.za_first_integer !=
zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds);
if (err != 0)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
break;
strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN,
KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
} else {
strval = NULL;
intval = za.za_first_integer;
}
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
if (strval != NULL)
kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
break;
case 1:
/* string property */
strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
if (err) {
kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
break;
}
spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
out:
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (err && err != ENOENT) {
nvlist_free(*nvp);
*nvp = NULL;
return (err);
}
return (0);
}
/*
* Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
* for the property values to be set.
*/
static int
spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
{
nvpair_t *elem;
int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
uint64_t objnum = 0;
boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
elem = NULL;
while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
uint64_t intval;
char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
switch (prop) {
case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
break;
}
/*
* Sanitize the input.
*/
if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
break;
}
if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
break;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (intval != 0) {
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
break;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
break;
}
has_feature = B_TRUE;
break;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
if (!error &&
(intval < spa_version(spa) ||
intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
has_feature))
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
break;
case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM:
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
if (!error && intval > 1)
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
break;
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST:
error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
if (!error && intval > 1)
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
if (!error) {
uint32_t hostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
if (hostid)
spa->spa_hostid = hostid;
else
error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
}
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
break;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
/*
* If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
* or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
* the bootfs property cannot be set.
*/
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
break;
}
/*
* Make sure the vdev config is bootable
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
break;
}
reset_bootfs = 1;
error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
if (!error) {
objset_t *os;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
break;
}
error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
if (error != 0)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
break;
Remove GRUB restrictions The GRUB restrictions are based around the pool's bootfs property. Given the current situation where GRUB is not staying current with OpenZFS pool features, having either a non-ZFS /boot or a separate pool with limited features are pretty much the only long-term answers for GRUB support. Only the second case matters in this context. For the restrictions to be useful, the bootfs property would have to be set on the boot pool, because that is where we need the restrictions, as that is the pool that GRUB reads from. The documentation for bootfs describes it as pointing to the root pool. That's also how it's used in the initramfs. ZFS does not allow setting bootfs to point to a dataset in another pool. (If it did, it'd be difficult-to-impossible to enforce these restrictions cross-pool). Accordingly, bootfs is pretty much useless for GRUB scenarios moving forward. Even for users who have only one pool, the existing restrictions for GRUB are incomplete. They don't prevent you from enabling the unsupported checksums, for example. For that reason, I have ripped out all the GRUB restrictions. A little longer-term, I think extending the proposed features=portable system to define a features=grub is a much more useful approach. The user could set that on the boot pool at creation, and things would Just Work. Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Closes #8627
2020-08-18 09:12:39 +03:00
/* Must be ZPL. */
if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
} else {
objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
}
dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
break;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
if (!error && intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC)
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* This is a special case which only occurs when
* the pool has completely failed. This allows
* the user to change the in-core failmode property
* without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
* currently be blocked). We do this by returning
* EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
* into thinking we encountered a property validation
* error.
*/
if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_failmode = intval;
error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
break;
case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
break;
if (strval[0] == '\0')
break;
if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
break;
if (strval[0] != '/') {
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
break;
}
slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
ASSERT(slash != NULL);
if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
break;
case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
break;
for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
if (!isprint(*check)) {
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
break;
}
}
if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
error = SET_ERROR(E2BIG);
break;
default:
break;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
if (error)
break;
}
Remove dedupditto functionality If dedup is in use, the `dedupditto` property can be set, causing ZFS to keep an extra copy of data that is referenced many times (>100x). The idea was that this data is more important than other data and thus we want to be really sure that it is not lost if the disk experiences a small amount of random corruption. ZFS (and system administrators) rely on the pool-level redundancy to protect their data (e.g. mirroring or RAIDZ). Since the user/sysadmin doesn't have control over what data will be offered extra redundancy by dedupditto, this extra redundancy is not very useful. The bulk of the data is still vulnerable to loss based on the pool-level redundancy. For example, if particle strikes corrupt 0.1% of blocks, you will either be saved by mirror/raidz, or you will be sad. This is true even if dedupditto saved another 0.01% of blocks from being corrupted. Therefore, the dedupditto functionality is rarely enabled (i.e. the property is rarely set), and it fulfills its promise of increased redundancy even more rarely. Additionally, this feature does not work as advertised (on existing releases), because scrub/resilver did not repair the extra (dedupditto) copy (see https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/8270). In summary, this seldom-used feature doesn't work, and even if it did it wouldn't provide useful data protection. It has a non-trivial maintenance burden (again see https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/8270). We should remove the dedupditto functionality. For backwards compatibility with the existing CLI, "zpool set dedupditto" will still "succeed" (exit code zero), but won't have any effect. For backwards compatibility with existing pools that had dedupditto enabled at some point, the code will still be able to understand dedupditto blocks and free them when appropriate. However, ZFS won't write any new dedupditto blocks. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org> Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com> Issue #8270 Closes #8310
2019-06-20 00:54:02 +03:00
(void) nvlist_remove_all(props,
zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
error = nvlist_remove(props,
zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
if (!error) {
error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
}
}
return (error);
}
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
void
spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
{
char *cachefile;
spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
&cachefile) != 0)
return;
dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
KM_SLEEP);
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
dp->scd_path = NULL;
else
dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
if (need_sync)
spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
int
spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
{
int error;
nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
return (error);
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
continue;
if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL) {
uint64_t ver;
if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
} else {
ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
need_sync = B_TRUE;
}
/* Save time if the version is already set. */
if (ver == spa_version(spa))
continue;
/*
* In addition to the pool directory object, we might
* create the pool properties object, the features for
* read object, the features for write object, or the
* feature descriptions object.
*/
error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
spa_sync_version, &ver,
6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
if (error)
return (error);
continue;
}
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
need_sync = B_TRUE;
break;
}
if (need_sync) {
return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
}
return (0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
*/
void
spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
spa->spa_pool_props_object,
zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
}
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static int
spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
uint64_t *newguid __maybe_unused = arg;
spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
uint64_t vdev_state;
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
int error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
return (SET_ERROR(error));
}
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
return (0);
}
static void
spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
uint64_t *newguid = arg;
spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
uint64_t oldguid;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
(u_longlong_t)oldguid, (u_longlong_t)*newguid);
}
/*
* Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
* re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
* the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
* vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
* online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
* would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
* sysevent to update any watchers.
*/
int
spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
{
int error;
uint64_t guid;
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
if (error == 0) {
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
}
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
return (error);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* ==========================================================================
* SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
* ==========================================================================
*/
static int
spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
{
Performance optimization of AVL tree comparator functions perf: 2.75x faster ddt_entry_compare() First 256bits of ddt_key_t is a block checksum, which are expected to be close to random data. Hence, on average, comparison only needs to look at first few bytes of the keys. To reduce number of conditional jump instructions, the result is computed as: sign(memcmp(k1, k2)). Sign of an integer 'a' can be obtained as: `(0 < a) - (a < 0)` := {-1, 0, 1} , which is computed efficiently. Synthetic performance evaluation of original and new algorithm over 1G random keys on 2.6GHz Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2660 v3: old 6.85789 s new 2.49089 s perf: 2.8x faster vdev_queue_offset_compare() and vdev_queue_timestamp_compare() Compute the result directly instead of using conditionals perf: zfs_range_compare() Speedup between 1.1x - 2.5x, depending on compiler version and optimization level. perf: spa_error_entry_compare() `bcmp()` is not suitable for comparator use. Use `memcmp()` instead. perf: 2.8x faster metaslab_compare() and metaslab_rangesize_compare() perf: 2.8x faster zil_bp_compare() perf: 2.8x faster mze_compare() perf: faster dbuf_compare() perf: faster compares in spa_misc perf: 2.8x faster layout_hash_compare() perf: 2.8x faster space_reftree_compare() perf: libzfs: faster avl tree comparators perf: guid_compare() perf: dsl_deadlist_compare() perf: perm_set_compare() perf: 2x faster range_tree_seg_compare() perf: faster unique_compare() perf: faster vdev_cache _compare() perf: faster vdev_uberblock_compare() perf: faster fuid _compare() perf: faster zfs_znode_hold_compare() Signed-off-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #5033
2016-08-27 21:12:53 +03:00
const spa_error_entry_t *sa = (const spa_error_entry_t *)a;
const spa_error_entry_t *sb = (const spa_error_entry_t *)b;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
int ret;
Performance optimization of AVL tree comparator functions perf: 2.75x faster ddt_entry_compare() First 256bits of ddt_key_t is a block checksum, which are expected to be close to random data. Hence, on average, comparison only needs to look at first few bytes of the keys. To reduce number of conditional jump instructions, the result is computed as: sign(memcmp(k1, k2)). Sign of an integer 'a' can be obtained as: `(0 < a) - (a < 0)` := {-1, 0, 1} , which is computed efficiently. Synthetic performance evaluation of original and new algorithm over 1G random keys on 2.6GHz Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2660 v3: old 6.85789 s new 2.49089 s perf: 2.8x faster vdev_queue_offset_compare() and vdev_queue_timestamp_compare() Compute the result directly instead of using conditionals perf: zfs_range_compare() Speedup between 1.1x - 2.5x, depending on compiler version and optimization level. perf: spa_error_entry_compare() `bcmp()` is not suitable for comparator use. Use `memcmp()` instead. perf: 2.8x faster metaslab_compare() and metaslab_rangesize_compare() perf: 2.8x faster zil_bp_compare() perf: 2.8x faster mze_compare() perf: faster dbuf_compare() perf: faster compares in spa_misc perf: 2.8x faster layout_hash_compare() perf: 2.8x faster space_reftree_compare() perf: libzfs: faster avl tree comparators perf: guid_compare() perf: dsl_deadlist_compare() perf: perm_set_compare() perf: 2x faster range_tree_seg_compare() perf: faster unique_compare() perf: faster vdev_cache _compare() perf: faster vdev_uberblock_compare() perf: faster fuid _compare() perf: faster zfs_znode_hold_compare() Signed-off-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #5033
2016-08-27 21:12:53 +03:00
ret = memcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Reduce loaded range tree memory usage This patch implements a new tree structure for ZFS, and uses it to store range trees more efficiently. The new structure is approximately a B-tree, though there are some small differences from the usual characterizations. The tree has core nodes and leaf nodes; each contain data elements, which the elements in the core nodes acting as separators between its children. The difference between core and leaf nodes is that the core nodes have an array of children, while leaf nodes don't. Every node in the tree may be only partially full; in most cases, they are all at least 50% full (in terms of element count) except for the root node, which can be less full. Underfull nodes will steal from their neighbors or merge to remain full enough, while overfull nodes will split in two. The data elements are contained in tree-controlled buffers; they are copied into these on insertion, and overwritten on deletion. This means that the elements are not independently allocated, which reduces overhead, but also means they can't be shared between trees (and also that pointers to them are only valid until a side-effectful tree operation occurs). The overhead varies based on how dense the tree is, but is usually on the order of about 50% of the element size; the per-node overheads are very small, and so don't make a significant difference. The trees can accept arbitrary records; they accept a size and a comparator to allow them to be used for a variety of purposes. The new trees replace the AVL trees used in the range trees today. Currently, the range_seg_t structure contains three 8 byte integers of payload and two 24 byte avl_tree_node_ts to handle its storage in both an offset-sorted tree and a size-sorted tree (total size: 64 bytes). In the new model, the range seg structures are usually two 4 byte integers, but a separate one needs to exist for the size-sorted and offset-sorted tree. Between the raw size, the 50% overhead, and the double storage, the new btrees are expected to use 8*1.5*2 = 24 bytes per record, or 33.3% as much memory as the AVL trees (this is for the purposes of storing metaslab range trees; for other purposes, like scrubs, they use ~50% as much memory). We reduced the size of the payload in the range segments by teaching range trees about starting offsets and shifts; since metaslabs have a fixed starting offset, and they all operate in terms of disk sectors, we can store the ranges using 4-byte integers as long as the size of the metaslab divided by the sector size is less than 2^32. For 512-byte sectors, this is a 2^41 (or 2TB) metaslab, which with the default settings corresponds to a 256PB disk. 4k sector disks can handle metaslabs up to 2^46 bytes, or 2^63 byte disks. Since we do not anticipate disks of this size in the near future, there should be almost no cases where metaslabs need 64-byte integers to store their ranges. We do still have the capability to store 64-byte integer ranges to account for cases where we are storing per-vdev (or per-dnode) trees, which could reasonably go above the limits discussed. We also do not store fill information in the compact version of the node, since it is only used for sorted scrub. We also optimized the metaslab loading process in various other ways to offset some inefficiencies in the btree model. While individual operations (find, insert, remove_from) are faster for the btree than they are for the avl tree, remove usually requires a find operation, while in the AVL tree model the element itself suffices. Some clever changes actually caused an overall speedup in metaslab loading; we use approximately 40% less cpu to load metaslabs in our tests on Illumos. Another memory and performance optimization was achieved by changing what is stored in the size-sorted trees. When a disk is heavily fragmented, the df algorithm used by default in ZFS will almost always find a number of small regions in its initial cursor-based search; it will usually only fall back to the size-sorted tree to find larger regions. If we increase the size of the cursor-based search slightly, and don't store segments that are smaller than a tunable size floor in the size-sorted tree, we can further cut memory usage down to below 20% of what the AVL trees store. This also results in further reductions in CPU time spent loading metaslabs. The 16KiB size floor was chosen because it results in substantial memory usage reduction while not usually resulting in situations where we can't find an appropriate chunk with the cursor and are forced to use an oversized chunk from the size-sorted tree. In addition, even if we do have to use an oversized chunk from the size-sorted tree, the chunk would be too small to use for ZIL allocations, so it isn't as big of a loss as it might otherwise be. And often, more small allocations will follow the initial one, and the cursor search will now find the remainder of the chunk we didn't use all of and use it for subsequent allocations. Practical testing has shown little or no change in fragmentation as a result of this change. If the size-sorted tree becomes empty while the offset sorted one still has entries, it will load all the entries from the offset sorted tree and disregard the size floor until it is unloaded again. This operation occurs rarely with the default setting, only on incredibly thoroughly fragmented pools. There are some other small changes to zdb to teach it to handle btrees, but nothing major. Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy seb@delphix.com Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Closes #9181
2019-10-09 20:36:03 +03:00
return (TREE_ISIGN(ret));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
* re-initializes them in the process.
*/
void
spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
{
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
}
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
static void
spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
uint_t cpus, flags = TASKQ_DYNAMIC;
boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
switch (mode) {
case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
ASSERT3U(value, >, 0);
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
break;
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
batch = B_TRUE;
flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
value = MIN(zio_taskq_batch_pct, 100);
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
break;
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
case ZTI_MODE_SCALE:
flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
/*
* We want more taskqs to reduce lock contention, but we want
* less for better request ordering and CPU utilization.
*/
cpus = MAX(1, boot_ncpus * zio_taskq_batch_pct / 100);
if (zio_taskq_batch_tpq > 0) {
count = MAX(1, (cpus + zio_taskq_batch_tpq / 2) /
zio_taskq_batch_tpq);
} else {
/*
* Prefer 6 threads per taskq, but no more taskqs
* than threads in them on large systems. For 80%:
*
* taskq taskq total
* cpus taskqs percent threads threads
* ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
* 1 1 80% 1 1
* 2 1 80% 1 1
* 4 1 80% 3 3
* 8 2 40% 3 6
* 16 3 27% 4 12
* 32 5 16% 5 25
* 64 7 11% 7 49
* 128 10 8% 10 100
* 256 14 6% 15 210
*/
count = 1 + cpus / 6;
while (count * count > cpus)
count--;
}
/* Limit each taskq within 100% to not trigger assertion. */
count = MAX(count, (zio_taskq_batch_pct + 99) / 100);
value = (zio_taskq_batch_pct + count / 2) / count;
break;
case ZTI_MODE_NULL:
tqs->stqs_count = 0;
tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
return;
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
default:
panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
"spa_activate()",
zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
break;
}
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
tqs->stqs_count = count;
tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
taskq_t *tq;
char name[32];
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
if (count > 1)
(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
else
(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
if (batch)
flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
} else {
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
/*
* The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
Align thread priority with Linux defaults Under Linux filesystem threads responsible for handling I/O are normally created with the maximum priority. Non-I/O filesystem processes run with the default priority. ZFS should adopt the same priority scheme under Linux to maintain good performance and so that it will complete fairly when other Linux filesystems are active. The priorities have been updated to the following: $ ps -eLo rtprio,cls,pid,pri,nice,cmd | egrep 'z_|spl_|zvol|arc|dbu|meta' - TS 10743 19 -20 [spl_kmem_cache] - TS 10744 19 -20 [spl_system_task] - TS 10745 19 -20 [spl_dynamic_tas] - TS 10764 19 0 [dbu_evict] - TS 10765 19 0 [arc_prune] - TS 10766 19 0 [arc_reclaim] - TS 10767 19 0 [arc_user_evicts] - TS 10768 19 0 [l2arc_feed] - TS 10769 39 0 [z_unmount] - TS 10770 39 -20 [zvol] - TS 11011 39 -20 [z_null_iss] - TS 11012 39 -20 [z_null_int] - TS 11013 39 -20 [z_rd_iss] - TS 11014 39 -20 [z_rd_int_0] - TS 11022 38 -19 [z_wr_iss] - TS 11023 39 -20 [z_wr_iss_h] - TS 11024 39 -20 [z_wr_int_0] - TS 11032 39 -20 [z_wr_int_h] - TS 11033 39 -20 [z_fr_iss_0] - TS 11041 39 -20 [z_fr_int] - TS 11042 39 -20 [z_cl_iss] - TS 11043 39 -20 [z_cl_int] - TS 11044 39 -20 [z_ioctl_iss] - TS 11045 39 -20 [z_ioctl_int] - TS 11046 39 -20 [metaslab_group_] - TS 11050 19 0 [z_iput] - TS 11121 38 -19 [z_wr_iss] Note that under Linux the meaning of a processes priority is inverted with respect to illumos. High values on Linux indicate a _low_ priority while high value on illumos indicate a _high_ priority. In order to preserve the logical meaning of the minclsyspri and maxclsyspri macros when they are used by the illumos wrapper functions their values have been inverted. This way when changes are merged from upstream illumos we won't need to remember to invert the macro. It could also lead to confusion. This patch depends on https://github.com/zfsonlinux/spl/pull/466. Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #3607
2015-07-24 20:08:31 +03:00
* intensive. Run it at slightly less important
* priority than the other taskqs.
*
* Under Linux and FreeBSD this means incrementing
* the priority value as opposed to platforms like
* illumos where it should be decremented.
*
* On FreeBSD, if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ)
* are equal then a difference between them is
* insignificant.
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
*/
if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE) {
#if defined(__linux__)
Align thread priority with Linux defaults Under Linux filesystem threads responsible for handling I/O are normally created with the maximum priority. Non-I/O filesystem processes run with the default priority. ZFS should adopt the same priority scheme under Linux to maintain good performance and so that it will complete fairly when other Linux filesystems are active. The priorities have been updated to the following: $ ps -eLo rtprio,cls,pid,pri,nice,cmd | egrep 'z_|spl_|zvol|arc|dbu|meta' - TS 10743 19 -20 [spl_kmem_cache] - TS 10744 19 -20 [spl_system_task] - TS 10745 19 -20 [spl_dynamic_tas] - TS 10764 19 0 [dbu_evict] - TS 10765 19 0 [arc_prune] - TS 10766 19 0 [arc_reclaim] - TS 10767 19 0 [arc_user_evicts] - TS 10768 19 0 [l2arc_feed] - TS 10769 39 0 [z_unmount] - TS 10770 39 -20 [zvol] - TS 11011 39 -20 [z_null_iss] - TS 11012 39 -20 [z_null_int] - TS 11013 39 -20 [z_rd_iss] - TS 11014 39 -20 [z_rd_int_0] - TS 11022 38 -19 [z_wr_iss] - TS 11023 39 -20 [z_wr_iss_h] - TS 11024 39 -20 [z_wr_int_0] - TS 11032 39 -20 [z_wr_int_h] - TS 11033 39 -20 [z_fr_iss_0] - TS 11041 39 -20 [z_fr_int] - TS 11042 39 -20 [z_cl_iss] - TS 11043 39 -20 [z_cl_int] - TS 11044 39 -20 [z_ioctl_iss] - TS 11045 39 -20 [z_ioctl_int] - TS 11046 39 -20 [metaslab_group_] - TS 11050 19 0 [z_iput] - TS 11121 38 -19 [z_wr_iss] Note that under Linux the meaning of a processes priority is inverted with respect to illumos. High values on Linux indicate a _low_ priority while high value on illumos indicate a _high_ priority. In order to preserve the logical meaning of the minclsyspri and maxclsyspri macros when they are used by the illumos wrapper functions their values have been inverted. This way when changes are merged from upstream illumos we won't need to remember to invert the macro. It could also lead to confusion. This patch depends on https://github.com/zfsonlinux/spl/pull/466. Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #3607
2015-07-24 20:08:31 +03:00
pri++;
#elif defined(__FreeBSD__)
pri += 4;
#else
#error "unknown OS"
#endif
}
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
}
tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
}
}
static void
spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
{
spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, ==, 0);
return;
}
for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
/*
* Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
* Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
* on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
* the low bits of gethrtime().
*/
void
spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
{
spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
taskq_t *tq;
ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
} else {
tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs->stqs_count];
}
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
}
/*
* Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
*/
void
spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags)
{
spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
taskq_t *tq;
taskqid_t id;
ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
} else {
tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs->stqs_count];
}
id = taskq_dispatch(tq, func, arg, flags);
if (id)
taskq_wait_id(tq, id);
}
static void
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
{
for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
}
}
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
Simplify threads, mutexs, cvs and rwlocks * Simplify threads, mutexs, cvs and rwlocks * Update the zk_thread_create() function to use the same trick as Illumos. Specifically, cast the new pthread_t to a void pointer and return that as the kthread_t *. This avoids the issues associated with managing a wrapper structure and is safe as long as the callers never attempt to dereference it. * Update all function prototypes passed to pthread_create() to match the expected prototype. We were getting away this with before since the function were explicitly cast. * Replaced direct zk_thread_create() calls with thread_create() for code consistency. All consumers of libzpool now use the proper wrappers. * The mutex_held() calls were converted to MUTEX_HELD(). * Removed all mutex_owner() calls and retired the interface. Instead use MUTEX_HELD() which provides the same information and allows the implementation details to be hidden. In this case the use of the pthread_equals() function. * The kthread_t, kmutex_t, krwlock_t, and krwlock_t types had any non essential fields removed. In the case of kthread_t and kcondvar_t they could be directly typedef'd to pthread_t and pthread_cond_t respectively. * Removed all extra ASSERTS from the thread, mutex, rwlock, and cv wrapper functions. In practice, pthreads already provides the vast majority of checks as long as we check the return code. Removing this code from our wrappers help readability. * Added TS_JOINABLE state flag to pass to request a joinable rather than detached thread. This isn't a standard thread_create() state but it's the least invasive way to pass this information and is only used by ztest. TEST_ZTEST_TIMEOUT=3600 Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4547 Closes #5503 Closes #5523 Closes #6377 Closes #6495
2017-08-11 18:51:44 +03:00
/*
* Disabled until spa_thread() can be adapted for Linux.
*/
#undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
#if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
static void
spa_thread(void *arg)
{
Update build system and packaging Minimal changes required to integrate the SPL sources in to the ZFS repository build infrastructure and packaging. Build system and packaging: * Renamed SPL_* autoconf m4 macros to ZFS_*. * Removed redundant SPL_* autoconf m4 macros. * Updated the RPM spec files to remove SPL package dependency. * The zfs package obsoletes the spl package, and the zfs-kmod package obsoletes the spl-kmod package. * The zfs-kmod-devel* packages were updated to add compatibility symlinks under /usr/src/spl-x.y.z until all dependent packages can be updated. They will be removed in a future release. * Updated copy-builtin script for in-kernel builds. * Updated DKMS package to include the spl.ko. * Updated stale AUTHORS file to include all contributors. * Updated stale COPYRIGHT and included the SPL as an exception. * Renamed README.markdown to README.md * Renamed OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE to LICENSE. * Renamed DISCLAIMER to NOTICE. Required code changes: * Removed redundant HAVE_SPL macro. * Removed _BOOT from nvpairs since it doesn't apply for Linux. * Initial header cleanup (removal of empty headers, refactoring). * Remove SPL repository clone/build from zimport.sh. * Use of DEFINE_RATELIMIT_STATE and DEFINE_SPINLOCK removed due to build issues when forcing C99 compilation. * Replaced legacy ACCESS_ONCE with READ_ONCE. * Include needed headers for `current` and `EXPORT_SYMBOL`. Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> TEST_ZIMPORT_SKIP="yes" Closes #7556
2018-02-16 04:53:18 +03:00
psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa_t *spa = arg;
user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
spa->spa_name);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
(void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
"zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
(void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
/* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
pool_lock();
mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
mutex_enter(&pidlock);
mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
0, NULL, NULL) == 0) {
curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
} else {
cmn_err(CE_WARN,
"Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
"pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
}
mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
mutex_exit(&pidlock);
mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
pool_unlock();
}
if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
}
spa->spa_proc = curproc;
spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
spa->spa_proc = &p0;
cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
lwp_exit();
}
#endif
/*
* Activate an uninitialized pool.
*/
static void
spa_activate(spa_t *spa, spa_mode_t mode)
{
ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
spa->spa_mode = mode;
spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
Set aside a metaslab for ZIL blocks Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems: 1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively impacts performance. 2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size. This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance impact. 3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of 128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(), which has an enormous performance impact. These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device ("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the normal devices. This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg, spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the above-mentioned performance problems. Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds: 1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class) 2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class) 3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class) The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between 0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop" space that is not available for user data. On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity, and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random 8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3 above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be arbitrarily large (>100x). Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #11389
2021-01-22 02:12:54 +03:00
spa->spa_embedded_log_class =
metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
spa->spa_special_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
spa->spa_dedup_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
/* Try to create a covering process */
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
spa->spa_did = 0;
#ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
/* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
NULL, 0) == 0) {
spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
&spa->spa_proc_lock);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
} else {
#ifdef _KERNEL
cmn_err(CE_WARN,
"Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
spa->spa_name);
#endif
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
#endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
/* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
}
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, spa,
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
spa_keystore_init(&spa->spa_keystore);
/*
* This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
* asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
* resolution of various deadlocks.
*
* The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
* processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
*
* A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
* This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
*
* The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
* task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
* error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
*/
spa->spa_zvol_taskq = taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri,
1, INT_MAX, 0);
/*
* Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
* pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
* system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
*/
spa->spa_prefetch_taskq = taskq_create("z_prefetch", 100,
defclsyspri, 1, INT_MAX, TASKQ_DYNAMIC | TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT);
/*
* The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
Project Quota on ZFS Project quota is a new ZFS system space/object usage accounting and enforcement mechanism. Similar as user/group quota, project quota is another dimension of system quota. It bases on the new object attribute - project ID. Project ID is a numerical value to indicate to which project an object belongs. An object only can belong to one project though you (the object owner or privileged user) can change the object project ID via 'chattr -p' or 'zfs project [-s] -p' explicitly. The object also can inherit the project ID from its parent when created if the parent has the project inherit flag (that can be set via 'chattr +P' or 'zfs project -s [-p]'). By accounting the spaces/objects belong to the same project, we can know how many spaces/objects used by the project. And if we set the upper limit then we can control the spaces/objects that are consumed by such project. It is useful when multiple groups and users cooperate for the same project, or a user/group needs to participate in multiple projects. Support the following commands and functionalities: zfs set projectquota@project zfs set projectobjquota@project zfs get projectquota@project zfs get projectobjquota@project zfs get projectused@project zfs get projectobjused@project zfs projectspace zfs allow projectquota zfs allow projectobjquota zfs allow projectused zfs allow projectobjused zfs unallow projectquota zfs unallow projectobjquota zfs unallow projectused zfs unallow projectobjused chattr +/-P chattr -p project_id lsattr -p This patch also supports tree quota based on the project quota via "zfs project" commands set as following: zfs project [-d|-r] <file|directory ...> zfs project -C [-k] [-r] <file|directory ...> zfs project -c [-0] [-d|-r] [-p id] <file|directory ...> zfs project [-p id] [-r] [-s] <file|directory ...> For "df [-i] $DIR" command, if we set INHERIT (project ID) flag on the $DIR, then the proejct [obj]quota and [obj]used values for the $DIR's project ID will be shown as the total/free (avail) resource. Keep the same behavior as EXT4/XFS does. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Fan Yong <fan.yong@intel.com> TEST_ZIMPORT_POOLS="zol-0.6.1 zol-0.6.2 master" Change-Id: Ib4f0544602e03fb61fd46a849d7ba51a6005693c Closes #6290
2018-02-14 01:54:54 +03:00
* feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
*/
spa->spa_upgrade_taskq = taskq_create("z_upgrade", 100,
defclsyspri, 1, INT_MAX, TASKQ_DYNAMIC | TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Opposite of spa_activate().
*/
static void
spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
{
ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
if (spa->spa_zvol_taskq) {
taskq_destroy(spa->spa_zvol_taskq);
spa->spa_zvol_taskq = NULL;
}
if (spa->spa_prefetch_taskq) {
taskq_destroy(spa->spa_prefetch_taskq);
spa->spa_prefetch_taskq = NULL;
}
if (spa->spa_upgrade_taskq) {
taskq_destroy(spa->spa_upgrade_taskq);
spa->spa_upgrade_taskq = NULL;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq, spa->spa_deadman_tqid);
for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
Illumos #3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock contention 3581 spa_zio_taskq[ZIO_TYPE_FREE][ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE]->tq_lock is piping hot Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gordon.ross@nexenta.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: illumos/illumos-gate@ec94d32 https://illumos.org/issues/3581 Notes for Linux port: Earlier commit 08d08eb reduced contention on this taskq lock by simply reducing the number of z_fr_iss threads from 100 to one-per-CPU. We also optimized the taskq implementation in zfsonlinux/spl@3c6ed54. These changes significantly improved unlink performance to acceptable levels. This patch further reduces time spent spinning on this lock by randomly dispatching the work items over multiple independent task queues. The Illumos ZFS developers stated that this lock contention only arose after "3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()" was landed. It's not clear if 3329 affects the Linux port or not. I didn't see spa_free_sync_cb() show up in oprofile sessions while unlinking large files, but I may just not have used the right test case. I tested unlinking a 1 TB of data with and without the patch and didn't observe a meaningful difference in elapsed time. However, oprofile showed that the percent time spent in taskq_thread() was reduced from about 16% to about 5%. Aside from a possible slight performance benefit this may be worth landing if only for the sake of maintaining consistency with upstream. Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Closes #1327
2013-05-06 23:24:30 +04:00
spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
ASSERT3P(spa->spa_txg_zio[i], !=, NULL);
VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[i]));
spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = NULL;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
Set aside a metaslab for ZIL blocks Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems: 1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively impacts performance. 2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size. This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance impact. 3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of 128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(), which has an enormous performance impact. These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device ("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the normal devices. This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg, spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the above-mentioned performance problems. Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds: 1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class) 2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class) 3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class) The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between 0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop" space that is not available for user data. On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity, and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random 8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3 above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be arbitrarily large (>100x). Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #11389
2021-01-22 02:12:54 +03:00
metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_embedded_log_class);
spa->spa_embedded_log_class = NULL;
metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_special_class);
spa->spa_special_class = NULL;
metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_dedup_class);
spa->spa_dedup_class = NULL;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
* still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
*/
spa_errlog_drain(spa);
avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
spa_keystore_fini(&spa->spa_keystore);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
}
ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
}
ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
/*
* We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
* module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
* it.
*/
if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
thread_join(spa->spa_did);
spa->spa_did = 0;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
* will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
* in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
* All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
*/
int
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
uint_t id, int atype)
{
nvlist_t **child;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
uint_t children;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
int error;
if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
return (error);
if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
return (0);
error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
&child, &children);
if (error == ENOENT)
return (0);
if (error) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_free(*vdp);
*vdp = NULL;
return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_t *vd;
if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
atype)) != 0) {
vdev_free(*vdp);
*vdp = NULL;
return (error);
}
}
ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
return (0);
}
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
static boolean_t
spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t *spa)
{
if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP))
return (B_FALSE);
if (!spa_writeable(spa))
return (B_FALSE);
if (!spa->spa_sync_on)
return (B_FALSE);
if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED)
return (B_FALSE);
if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export)
return (B_FALSE);
return (B_TRUE);
}
/*
* Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
* spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
*/
static void
spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t *spa)
{
dmu_tx_t *tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT));
ASSERT3U(spa->spa_log_flushall_txg, ==, 0);
spa->spa_log_flushall_txg = dmu_tx_get_txg(tx);
dmu_tx_commit(tx);
txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), spa->spa_log_flushall_txg);
}
static void
spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t *spa)
{
void *cookie = NULL;
spa_log_sm_t *sls;
while ((sls = avl_destroy_nodes(&spa->spa_sm_logs_by_txg,
&cookie)) != NULL) {
VERIFY0(sls->sls_mscount);
kmem_free(sls, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t));
}
for (log_summary_entry_t *e = list_head(&spa->spa_log_summary);
e != NULL; e = list_head(&spa->spa_log_summary)) {
VERIFY0(e->lse_mscount);
list_remove(&spa->spa_log_summary, e);
kmem_free(e, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t));
}
spa->spa_unflushed_stats.sus_nblocks = 0;
spa->spa_unflushed_stats.sus_memused = 0;
spa->spa_unflushed_stats.sus_blocklimit = 0;
}
static void
spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t *spa)
{
if (spa->spa_condense_zthr != NULL) {
zthr_destroy(spa->spa_condense_zthr);
spa->spa_condense_zthr = NULL;
}
if (spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr != NULL) {
zthr_destroy(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr);
spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr = NULL;
}
if (spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr != NULL) {
zthr_destroy(spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr);
spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr = NULL;
}
if (spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr != NULL) {
zthr_destroy(spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr);
spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr = NULL;
}
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Opposite of spa_load().
*/
static void
spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
{
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
ASSERT(spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
spa_load_note(spa, "UNLOADING");
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
spa_wake_waiters(spa);
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
/*
* If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is getting
* exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some time flushing
* as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to destroy log space
* maps and save import time.
*/
if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa))
spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Stop async tasks.
*/
spa_async_suspend(spa);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
if (spa->spa_root_vdev) {
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
vdev_t *root_vdev = spa->spa_root_vdev;
vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE);
vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa);
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Stop syncing.
*/
if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
}
/*
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
* This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
* while we attempt to unload the spa.
*/
if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
for (int c = 0; c < spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_children; c++) {
vdev_t *vc = spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c];
if (vc->vdev_mg != NULL)
taskq_wait(vc->vdev_mg->mg_taskq);
}
}
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
if (spa->spa_mmp.mmp_thread)
mmp_thread_stop(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa->spa_vdev_removal);
spa->spa_vdev_removal = NULL;
}
spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa_condense_fini(spa);
bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER);
Illumos #4101, #4102, #4103, #4105, #4106 4101 metaslab_debug should allow for fine-grained control 4102 space_maps should store more information about themselves 4103 space map object blocksize should be increased 4105 removing a mirrored log device results in a leaked object 4106 asynchronously load metaslab Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Prior to this patch, space_maps were preferred solely based on the amount of free space left in each. Unfortunately, this heuristic didn't contain any information about the make-up of that free space, which meant we could keep preferring and loading a highly fragmented space map that wouldn't actually have enough contiguous space to satisfy the allocation; then unloading that space_map and repeating the process. This change modifies the space_map's to store additional information about the contiguous space in the space_map, so that we can use this information to make a better decision about which space_map to load. This requires reallocating all space_map objects to increase their bonus buffer size sizes enough to fit the new metadata. The above feature can be enabled via a new feature flag introduced by this change: com.delphix:spacemap_histogram In addition to the above, this patch allows the space_map block size to be increase. Currently the block size is set to be 4K in size, which has certain implications including the following: * 4K sector devices will not see any compression benefit * large space_maps require more metadata on-disk * large space_maps require more time to load (typically random reads) Now the space_map block size can adjust as needed up to the maximum size set via the space_map_max_blksz variable. A bug was fixed which resulted in potentially leaking an object when removing a mirrored log device. The previous logic for vdev_remove() did not deal with removing top-level vdevs that are interior vdevs (i.e. mirror) correctly. The problem would occur when removing a mirrored log device, and result in the DTL space map object being leaked; because top-level vdevs don't have DTL space map objects associated with them. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4101 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4102 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4103 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4105 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4106 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23 Porting notes: A handful of kmem_alloc() calls were converted to kmem_zalloc(). Also, the KM_PUSHPAGE and TQ_PUSHPAGE flags were used as necessary. Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2488
2013-10-02 01:25:53 +04:00
/*
* Close all vdevs.
*/
if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Close the dsl pool.
*/
if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
ddt_unload(spa);
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa);
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
/*
* Drop and purge level 2 cache
*/
spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
}
if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
}
spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
}
if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
}
spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_FALSE;
if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
spa->spa_comment = NULL;
}
Add "compatibility" property for zpool feature sets Property to allow sets of features to be specified; for compatibility with specific versions / releases / external systems. Influences the behavior of 'zpool upgrade' and 'zpool create'. Initial man page changes and test cases included. Brief synopsis: zpool create -o compatibility=off|legacy|file[,file...] pool vdev... compatibility = off : disable compatibility mode (enable all features) compatibility = legacy : request that no features be enabled compatibility = file[,file...] : read features from specified files. Only features present in *all* files will be enabled on the resulting pool. Filenames may be absolute, or relative to /etc/zfs/compatibility.d or /usr/share/zfs/compatibility.d (/etc checked first). Only affects zpool create, zpool upgrade and zpool status. ABI changes in libzfs: * New function "zpool_load_compat" to load and parse compat sets. * Add "zpool_compat_status_t" typedef for compatibility parse status. * Add ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY to the pool properties enum * Add ZPOOL_STATUS_COMPATIBILITY_ERR to the pool status enum An initial set of base compatibility sets are included in cmd/zpool/compatibility.d, and the Makefile for cmd/zpool is modified to install these in $pkgdatadir/compatibility.d and to create symbolic links to a reasonable set of aliases. Reviewed-by: ericloewe Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org> Closes #11468
2021-02-18 08:30:45 +03:00
if (spa->spa_compatibility != NULL) {
spa_strfree(spa->spa_compatibility);
spa->spa_compatibility = NULL;
}
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
* this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
* 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
* then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
*/
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
void
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
{
nvlist_t **spares;
uint_t nspares;
int i;
vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
#ifndef _KERNEL
/*
* zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
* checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
*
* As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
* them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
*/
if (!spa_writeable(spa))
return;
#endif
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
*/
for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
/* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_spare_remove(tvd);
vdev_close(vd);
vdev_free(vd);
}
if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
nspares = 0;
else
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
if (nspares == 0)
return;
/*
* Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
* process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
* structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
* for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
* configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
* validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
* active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
*/
Add automatic hot spare functionality When a vdev starts getting I/O or checksum errors it is now possible to automatically rebuild to a hot spare device. To cleanly support this functionality in a shell script some additional information was added to all zevent ereports which include a vdev. This covers both io and checksum zevents but may be used but other scripts. In the Illumos FMA solution the same information is required but it is retrieved through the libzfs library interface. Specifically the following members were added: vdev_spare_paths - List of vdev paths for all hot spares. vdev_spare_guids - List of vdev guids for all hot spares. vdev_read_errors - Read errors for the problematic vdev vdev_write_errors - Write errors for the problematic vdev vdev_cksum_errors - Checksum errors for the problematic vdev. By default the required hot spare scripts are installed but this functionality is disabled. To enable hot sparing uncomment the ZED_SPARE_ON_IO_ERRORS and ZED_SPARE_ON_CHECKSUM_ERRORS in the /etc/zfs/zed.d/zed.rc configuration file. These scripts do no add support for the autoexpand property. At a minimum this requires adding a new udev rule to detect when a new device is added to the system. It also requires that the autoexpand policy be ported from Illumos, see: https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/blob/master/usr/src/cmd/syseventd/modules/zfs_mod/zfs_mod.c Support for detecting the correct name of a vdev when it's not a whole disk was added by Turbo Fredriksson. Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Chris Dunlap <cdunlap@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com> Issue #2
2014-01-25 03:47:46 +04:00
spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_zalloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
ASSERT(vd != NULL);
spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
spa_spare_add(tvd);
/*
* We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
* able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
* with a bad active spare would result in strange
* behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
* is actively in use.
*
* There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
* circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
* brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
* the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
* it adds, we ignore the possibility.
*/
if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
spa_spare_activate(tvd);
}
vd->vdev_top = vd;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
continue;
if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
spa_spare_add(vd);
}
/*
* Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
* this time.
*/
VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
nvlist_free(spares[i]);
kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
}
/*
* Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
* this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
* 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
* then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
* Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
* not re-opened.
*/
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
void
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
{
nvlist_t **l2cache = NULL;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
uint_t nl2cache;
int i, j, oldnvdevs;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
uint64_t guid;
vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
#ifndef _KERNEL
/*
* zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
* checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
*
* As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
* pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
* state of the pool.
*/
if (!spa_writeable(spa))
return;
#endif
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
sav->sav_count = 0;
if (sav->sav_config == NULL) {
nl2cache = 0;
newvdevs = NULL;
goto out;
}
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Process new nvlist of vdevs.
*/
for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
&guid) == 0);
newvdevs[i] = NULL;
for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
vd = oldvdevs[j];
if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
/*
* Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
*/
newvdevs[i] = vd;
oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
break;
}
}
if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
/*
* Create new vdev
*/
VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
ASSERT(vd != NULL);
newvdevs[i] = vd;
/*
* Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
* even if it fails to open.
*/
spa_l2cache_add(vd);
vd->vdev_top = vd;
vd->vdev_aux = sav;
spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
continue;
(void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
Trim L2ARC The l2arc_evict() function is responsible for evicting buffers which reference the next bytes of the L2ARC device to be overwritten. Teach this function to additionally TRIM that vdev space before it is overwritten if the device has been filled with data. This is done by vdev_trim_simple() which trims by issuing a new type of TRIM, TRIM_TYPE_SIMPLE. We also implement a "Trim Ahead" feature. It is a zfs module parameter, expressed in % of the current write size. This trims ahead of the current write size. A minimum of 64MB will be trimmed. The default is 0 which disables TRIM on L2ARC as it can put significant stress to underlying storage devices. To enable TRIM on L2ARC we set l2arc_trim_ahead > 0. We also implement TRIM of the whole cache device upon addition to a pool, pool creation or when the header of the device is invalid upon importing a pool or onlining a cache device. This is dependent on l2arc_trim_ahead > 0. TRIM of the whole device is done with TRIM_TYPE_MANUAL so that its status can be monitored by zpool status -t. We save the TRIM state for the whole device and the time of completion on-disk in the header, and restore these upon L2ARC rebuild so that zpool status -t can correctly report them. Whole device TRIM is done asynchronously so that the user can export of the pool or remove the cache device while it is trimming (ie if it is too slow). We do not TRIM the whole device if persistent L2ARC has been disabled by l2arc_rebuild_enabled = 0 because we may not want to lose all cached buffers (eg we may want to import the pool with l2arc_rebuild_enabled = 0 only once because of memory pressure). If persistent L2ARC has been disabled by setting the module parameter l2arc_rebuild_blocks_min_l2size to a value greater than the size of the cache device then the whole device is trimmed upon creation or import of a pool if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Adam D. Moss <c@yotes.com> Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com> Closes #9713 Closes #9789 Closes #10224
2020-06-09 20:15:08 +03:00
/*
* Upon cache device addition to a pool or pool
* creation with a cache device or if the header
* of the device is invalid we issue an async
* TRIM command for the whole device which will
* execute if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
*/
spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
}
sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
/*
* Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
* information this time.
*/
VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
if (sav->sav_count > 0)
l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *),
KM_SLEEP);
for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
out:
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Purge vdevs that were dropped
*/
for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
uint64_t pool;
vd = oldvdevs[i];
if (vd != NULL) {
ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
vdev_clear_stats(vd);
vdev_free(vd);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
}
if (oldvdevs)
kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
if (sav->sav_count)
kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
}
static int
load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
{
dmu_buf_t *db;
char *packed = NULL;
size_t nvsize = 0;
int error;
*value = NULL;
error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
if (error)
return (error);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
packed = vmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (error == 0)
error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
vmem_free(packed, nvsize);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (error);
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
* spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
*/
static uint64_t
spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t *spa)
{
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
uint64_t tvds = 0;
for (uint64_t i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
if (vd->vdev_islog)
continue;
if (vdev_is_concrete(vd) && !vdev_is_dead(vd))
tvds++;
}
return (tvds);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
* sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
*/
static void
spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
{
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
for (uint64_t c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
OpenZFS 5997 - FRU field not set during pool creation and never updated Authored by: Hans Rosenfeld <hans.rosenfeld@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Dan Fields <dan.fields@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Josef Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/5997 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/1437283 Porting Notes: In addition to the OpenZFS changes this patch realigns the events with those found in OpenZFS. Events which would be logged as sysevents on illumos have been been mapped to the 'sysevent' class for Linux. In addition, several subclass names have been changed to match what is used in OpenZFS. In all cases this means a '.' was changed to an '_' in the subclass. The scripts provided by ZoL have been updated, however users which provide scripts for any of the following events will need to rename them based on the new subclass names. ereport.fs.zfs.config.sync sysevent.fs.zfs.config_sync ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.destroy sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_destroy ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.reguid sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_reguid ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.remove sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_remove ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.clear sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_clear ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.check sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_check ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.spare sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_spare ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.autoexpand sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_autoexpand ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.start sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_start ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_finish ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.start sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_start ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_finish ereport.fs.zfs.bootfs.vdev.attach sysevent.fs.zfs.bootfs_vdev_attach
2016-07-28 01:29:15 +03:00
zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
static int
spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t *spa)
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
{
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
/*
* If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
* diagnostic information about missing log devices.
* We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
*/
if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
nvlist_t **child, *nv;
uint64_t idx = 0;
child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t *),
KM_SLEEP);
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* We consider a device as missing only if it failed
* to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
* as missing).
*/
if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, tvd,
B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING);
}
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (idx > 0) {
fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx);
fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
for (uint64_t i = 0; i < idx; i++)
nvlist_free(child[i]);
}
nvlist_free(nv);
kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (idx > 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "some log devices are missing");
vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
}
} else {
for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_load_note(spa, "some log devices are "
"missing, ZIL is dropped.");
vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
break;
}
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
return (0);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
/*
* Check for missing log devices
*/
static boolean_t
spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
{
boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
default:
break;
case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
/* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
if (rv)
spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
break;
}
return (rv);
}
Set aside a metaslab for ZIL blocks Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems: 1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively impacts performance. 2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size. This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance impact. 3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of 128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(), which has an enormous performance impact. These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device ("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the normal devices. This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg, spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the above-mentioned performance problems. Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds: 1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class) 2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class) 3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class) The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between 0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop" space that is not available for user data. On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity, and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random 8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3 above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be arbitrarily large (>100x). Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #11389
2021-01-22 02:12:54 +03:00
/*
* Passivate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
*/
static boolean_t
spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
Set aside a metaslab for ZIL blocks Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems: 1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively impacts performance. 2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size. This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance impact. 3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of 128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(), which has an enormous performance impact. These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device ("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the normal devices. This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg, spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the above-mentioned performance problems. Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds: 1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class) 2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class) 3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class) The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between 0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop" space that is not available for user data. On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity, and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random 8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3 above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be arbitrarily large (>100x). Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #11389
2021-01-22 02:12:54 +03:00
ASSERT3P(tvd->vdev_log_mg, ==, NULL);
metaslab_group_passivate(tvd->vdev_mg);
slog_found = B_TRUE;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
return (slog_found);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Set aside a metaslab for ZIL blocks Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems: 1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively impacts performance. 2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size. This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance impact. 3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of 128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(), which has an enormous performance impact. These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device ("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the normal devices. This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg, spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the above-mentioned performance problems. Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds: 1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class) 2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class) 3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class) The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between 0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop" space that is not available for user data. On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity, and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random 8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3 above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be arbitrarily large (>100x). Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #11389
2021-01-22 02:12:54 +03:00
/*
* Activate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
*/
static void
spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
{
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
Set aside a metaslab for ZIL blocks Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems: 1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively impacts performance. 2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size. This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance impact. 3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of 128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(), which has an enormous performance impact. These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device ("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the normal devices. This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg, spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the above-mentioned performance problems. Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds: 1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class) 2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class) 3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class) The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between 0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop" space that is not available for user data. On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity, and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random 8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3 above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be arbitrarily large (>100x). Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #11389
2021-01-22 02:12:54 +03:00
if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
ASSERT3P(tvd->vdev_log_mg, ==, NULL);
metaslab_group_activate(tvd->vdev_mg);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
int
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa_reset_logs(spa_t *spa)
{
int error;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_reset,
NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
if (error == 0) {
/*
* We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
* current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
* by zil_sync().
*/
txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
}
return (error);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
static void
spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
{
for (int i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
void
spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
{
spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (zio->io_error)
return;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock); /* any mutex will do */
if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
typedef struct spa_load_error {
uint64_t sle_meta_count;
uint64_t sle_data_count;
} spa_load_error_t;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
static void
spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
{
blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
int error = zio->io_error;
spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
abd_free(zio->io_abd);
if (error) {
if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
else
atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
spa->spa_load_verify_bytes -= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Maximum number of inflight bytes is the log2 fraction of the arc size.
* By default, we set it to 1/16th of the arc.
*/
int spa_load_verify_shift = 4;
int spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
int spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
/*ARGSUSED*/
static int
spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
{
Implement Redacted Send/Receive Redacted send/receive allows users to send subsets of their data to a target system. One possible use case for this feature is to not transmit sensitive information to a data warehousing, test/dev, or analytics environment. Another is to save space by not replicating unimportant data within a given dataset, for example in backup tools like zrepl. Redacted send/receive is a three-stage process. First, a clone (or clones) is made of the snapshot to be sent to the target. In this clone (or clones), all unnecessary or unwanted data is removed or modified. This clone is then snapshotted to create the "redaction snapshot" (or snapshots). Second, the new zfs redact command is used to create a redaction bookmark. The redaction bookmark stores the list of blocks in a snapshot that were modified by the redaction snapshot(s). Finally, the redaction bookmark is passed as a parameter to zfs send. When sending to the snapshot that was redacted, the redaction bookmark is used to filter out blocks that contain sensitive or unwanted information, and those blocks are not included in the send stream. When sending from the redaction bookmark, the blocks it contains are considered as candidate blocks in addition to those blocks in the destination snapshot that were modified since the creation_txg of the redaction bookmark. This step is necessary to allow the target to rehydrate data in the case where some blocks are accidentally or unnecessarily modified in the redaction snapshot. The changes to bookmarks to enable fast space estimation involve adding deadlists to bookmarks. There is also logic to manage the life cycles of these deadlists. The new size estimation process operates in cases where previously an accurate estimate could not be provided. In those cases, a send is performed where no data blocks are read, reducing the runtime significantly and providing a byte-accurate size estimate. Reviewed-by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prashanth Sreenivasa <pks@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Pavel Zhakarov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Closes #7958
2019-06-19 19:48:13 +03:00
if (zb->zb_level == ZB_DNODE_LEVEL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) ||
BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp) || BP_IS_REDACTED(bp))
return (0);
/*
* Note: normally this routine will not be called if
* spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
* to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
*/
if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
return (0);
if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp) && !spa_load_verify_data)
return (0);
uint64_t maxinflight_bytes =
arc_target_bytes() >> spa_load_verify_shift;
zio_t *rio = arg;
size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
while (spa->spa_load_verify_bytes >= maxinflight_bytes)
cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
spa->spa_load_verify_bytes += size;
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, abd_alloc_for_io(size, B_FALSE), size,
spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
return (0);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg)
{
if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN)
return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG));
return (0);
}
static int
spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
{
zio_t *rio;
spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
zpool_load_policy_t policy;
boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
int error = 0;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
return (0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL,
DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
if (spa->spa_extreme_rewind) {
spa_load_note(spa, "performing a complete scan of the "
"pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
"a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
"spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
spa_load_verify_data, spa_load_verify_metadata);
}
error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA |
TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT, spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
}
(void) zio_wait(rio);
ASSERT0(spa->spa_load_verify_bytes);
spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
if (sle.sle_meta_count != 0 || sle.sle_data_count != 0) {
spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
"and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_meta_count,
(u_longlong_t)sle.sle_data_count);
}
if (spa_load_verify_dryrun ||
(!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zlp_maxmeta &&
sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zlp_maxdata)) {
int64_t loss = 0;
verify_ok = B_TRUE;
spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
} else {
spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
}
if (spa_load_verify_dryrun)
return (0);
if (error) {
if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
return (error);
}
return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
}
/*
* Find a value in the pool props object.
*/
static void
spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
{
(void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
}
/*
* Find a value in the pool directory object.
*/
static int
spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val, boolean_t log_enoent)
{
int error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
if (error != 0 && (error != ENOENT || log_enoent)) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
"[error=%d]", name, error);
}
return (error);
}
static int
spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
{
vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
return (SET_ERROR(err));
}
boolean_t
spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t *spa)
{
return (spa->spa_livelists_to_delete != 0);
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static boolean_t
spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void *arg, zthr_t *z)
{
spa_t *spa = arg;
return (spa_livelist_delete_check(spa));
}
static int
delete_blkptr_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
spa_t *spa = arg;
zio_free(spa, tx->tx_txg, bp);
dsl_dir_diduse_space(tx->tx_pool->dp_free_dir, DD_USED_HEAD,
-bp_get_dsize_sync(spa, bp),
-BP_GET_PSIZE(bp), -BP_GET_UCSIZE(bp), tx);
return (0);
}
static int
dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t *os, uint64_t zap_obj, uint64_t *llp)
{
int err;
zap_cursor_t zc;
zap_attribute_t za;
zap_cursor_init(&zc, os, zap_obj);
err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za);
zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
if (err == 0)
*llp = za.za_first_integer;
return (err);
}
/*
* Components of livelist deletion that must be performed in syncing
* context: freeing block pointers and updating the pool-wide data
* structures to indicate how much work is left to do
*/
typedef struct sublist_delete_arg {
spa_t *spa;
dsl_deadlist_t *ll;
uint64_t key;
bplist_t *to_free;
} sublist_delete_arg_t;
static void
sublist_delete_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
sublist_delete_arg_t *sda = arg;
spa_t *spa = sda->spa;
dsl_deadlist_t *ll = sda->ll;
uint64_t key = sda->key;
bplist_t *to_free = sda->to_free;
bplist_iterate(to_free, delete_blkptr_cb, spa, tx);
dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll, key, tx);
}
typedef struct livelist_delete_arg {
spa_t *spa;
uint64_t ll_obj;
uint64_t zap_obj;
} livelist_delete_arg_t;
static void
livelist_delete_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
livelist_delete_arg_t *lda = arg;
spa_t *spa = lda->spa;
uint64_t ll_obj = lda->ll_obj;
uint64_t zap_obj = lda->zap_obj;
objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
uint64_t count;
/* free the livelist and decrement the feature count */
VERIFY0(zap_remove_int(mos, zap_obj, ll_obj, tx));
dsl_deadlist_free(mos, ll_obj, tx);
spa_feature_decr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LIVELIST, tx);
VERIFY0(zap_count(mos, zap_obj, &count));
if (count == 0) {
/* no more livelists to delete */
VERIFY0(zap_remove(mos, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES, tx));
VERIFY0(zap_destroy(mos, zap_obj, tx));
spa->spa_livelists_to_delete = 0;
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
spa_notify_waiters(spa);
}
}
/*
* Load in the value for the livelist to be removed and open it. Then,
* load its first sublist and determine which block pointers should actually
* be freed. Then, call a synctask which performs the actual frees and updates
* the pool-wide livelist data.
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
spa_livelist_delete_cb(void *arg, zthr_t *z)
{
spa_t *spa = arg;
uint64_t ll_obj = 0, count;
objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
uint64_t zap_obj = spa->spa_livelists_to_delete;
/*
* Determine the next livelist to delete. This function should only
* be called if there is at least one deleted clone.
*/
VERIFY0(dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(mos, zap_obj, &ll_obj));
VERIFY0(zap_count(mos, ll_obj, &count));
if (count > 0) {
dsl_deadlist_t *ll;
dsl_deadlist_entry_t *dle;
bplist_t to_free;
ll = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t), KM_SLEEP);
dsl_deadlist_open(ll, mos, ll_obj);
dle = dsl_deadlist_first(ll);
ASSERT3P(dle, !=, NULL);
bplist_create(&to_free);
int err = dsl_process_sub_livelist(&dle->dle_bpobj, &to_free,
z, NULL);
if (err == 0) {
sublist_delete_arg_t sync_arg = {
.spa = spa,
.ll = ll,
.key = dle->dle_mintxg,
.to_free = &to_free
};
zfs_dbgmsg("deleting sublist (id %llu) from"
" livelist %llu, %d remaining",
dle->dle_bpobj.bpo_object, ll_obj, count - 1);
VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa), NULL,
sublist_delete_sync, &sync_arg, 0,
ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY));
} else {
Fix i/o error handling of livelists and zap iteration Pool-wide metadata is stored in the MOS (Meta Object Set). This metadata is stored in triplicate, in addition to any pool-level reduncancy (e.g. RAIDZ). However, if all 3+ copies of this metadata are not available, we can still get EIO/ECKSUM when reading from the MOS. If we encounter such an error in syncing context, we have typically already committed to making a change that we now can't do because of the corrupt/missing metadata. We typically "handle" this with a `VERIFY()` or `zfs_panic_recover()`. This prevents the system from continuing on in an undefined state, while minimizing the amount of error-handling code. However, there are some code paths that ignore these i/o errors, or `ASSERT()` that they don't happen. Since assertions are disabled on non-debug builds, they effectively ignore them as well. This can lead to ZFS continuing on in an incorrect state, potentially leading to on-disk inconsistencies. This commit adds handling for these i/o errors on MOS metadata, typically with a `VERIFY()`: * Handle error return from `zap_cursor_retrieve()` in 4 places in `dsl_deadlist.c`. * Handle error return from `zap_contains()` in `dsl_dir_hold_obj()`. Turns out this call isn't necessary because we can always call `zap_lookup()`. * Handle error return from `zap_lookup()` in `dsl_fs_ss_limit_check()`. * Handle error return from `zap_remove()` in `dsl_dir_rename_sync()`. * Handle error return from `zap_lookup()` in `dsl_dir_remove_livelist()`. * Handle error return from `dsl_process_sub_livelist()` in `spa_livelist_delete_cb()`. Additionally: * Augment the internal history log message for `zfs destroy` to note which method is used (e.g. bptree, livelist, or, synchronous) and the mintxg. * Correct a comment in `dbuf_init()`. * Correct indentation in `dsl_dir_remove_livelist()`. Reviewed by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #10643
2020-08-05 20:22:09 +03:00
VERIFY3U(err, ==, EINTR);
}
bplist_clear(&to_free);
bplist_destroy(&to_free);
dsl_deadlist_close(ll);
kmem_free(ll, sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t));
} else {
livelist_delete_arg_t sync_arg = {
.spa = spa,
.ll_obj = ll_obj,
.zap_obj = zap_obj
};
zfs_dbgmsg("deletion of livelist %llu completed", ll_obj);
VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa), NULL, livelist_delete_sync,
&sync_arg, 0, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY));
}
}
static void
spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t *spa)
{
ASSERT3P(spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr, ==, NULL);
spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr =
zthr_create("z_livelist_destroy",
spa_livelist_delete_cb_check, spa_livelist_delete_cb, spa);
}
typedef struct livelist_new_arg {
bplist_t *allocs;
bplist_t *frees;
} livelist_new_arg_t;
static int
livelist_track_new_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, boolean_t bp_freed,
dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
ASSERT(tx == NULL);
livelist_new_arg_t *lna = arg;
if (bp_freed) {
bplist_append(lna->frees, bp);
} else {
bplist_append(lna->allocs, bp);
zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc++;
}
return (0);
}
typedef struct livelist_condense_arg {
spa_t *spa;
bplist_t to_keep;
uint64_t first_size;
uint64_t next_size;
} livelist_condense_arg_t;
static void
spa_livelist_condense_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
livelist_condense_arg_t *lca = arg;
spa_t *spa = lca->spa;
bplist_t new_frees;
dsl_dataset_t *ds = spa->spa_to_condense.ds;
/* Have we been cancelled? */
if (spa->spa_to_condense.cancelled) {
zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel++;
goto out;
}
dsl_deadlist_entry_t *first = spa->spa_to_condense.first;
dsl_deadlist_entry_t *next = spa->spa_to_condense.next;
dsl_deadlist_t *ll = &ds->ds_dir->dd_livelist;
/*
* It's possible that the livelist was changed while the zthr was
* running. Therefore, we need to check for new blkptrs in the two
* entries being condensed and continue to track them in the livelist.
* Because of the way we handle remapped blkptrs (see dbuf_remap_impl),
* it's possible that the newly added blkptrs are FREEs or ALLOCs so
* we need to sort them into two different bplists.
*/
uint64_t first_obj = first->dle_bpobj.bpo_object;
uint64_t next_obj = next->dle_bpobj.bpo_object;
uint64_t cur_first_size = first->dle_bpobj.bpo_phys->bpo_num_blkptrs;
uint64_t cur_next_size = next->dle_bpobj.bpo_phys->bpo_num_blkptrs;
bplist_create(&new_frees);
livelist_new_arg_t new_bps = {
.allocs = &lca->to_keep,
.frees = &new_frees,
};
if (cur_first_size > lca->first_size) {
VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&first->dle_bpobj,
livelist_track_new_cb, &new_bps, lca->first_size));
}
if (cur_next_size > lca->next_size) {
VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&next->dle_bpobj,
livelist_track_new_cb, &new_bps, lca->next_size));
}
dsl_deadlist_clear_entry(first, ll, tx);
ASSERT(bpobj_is_empty(&first->dle_bpobj));
dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll, next->dle_mintxg, tx);
bplist_iterate(&lca->to_keep, dsl_deadlist_insert_alloc_cb, ll, tx);
bplist_iterate(&new_frees, dsl_deadlist_insert_free_cb, ll, tx);
bplist_destroy(&new_frees);
char dsname[ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN];
dsl_dataset_name(ds, dsname);
zfs_dbgmsg("txg %llu condensing livelist of %s (id %llu), bpobj %llu "
"(%llu blkptrs) and bpobj %llu (%llu blkptrs) -> bpobj %llu "
"(%llu blkptrs)", tx->tx_txg, dsname, ds->ds_object, first_obj,
cur_first_size, next_obj, cur_next_size,
first->dle_bpobj.bpo_object,
first->dle_bpobj.bpo_phys->bpo_num_blkptrs);
out:
dmu_buf_rele(ds->ds_dbuf, spa);
spa->spa_to_condense.ds = NULL;
bplist_clear(&lca->to_keep);
bplist_destroy(&lca->to_keep);
kmem_free(lca, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t));
spa->spa_to_condense.syncing = B_FALSE;
}
static void
spa_livelist_condense_cb(void *arg, zthr_t *t)
{
while (zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause &&
!(zthr_has_waiters(t) || zthr_iscancelled(t)))
delay(1);
spa_t *spa = arg;
dsl_deadlist_entry_t *first = spa->spa_to_condense.first;
dsl_deadlist_entry_t *next = spa->spa_to_condense.next;
uint64_t first_size, next_size;
livelist_condense_arg_t *lca =
kmem_alloc(sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t), KM_SLEEP);
bplist_create(&lca->to_keep);
/*
* Process the livelists (matching FREEs and ALLOCs) in open context
* so we have minimal work in syncing context to condense.
*
* We save bpobj sizes (first_size and next_size) to use later in
* syncing context to determine if entries were added to these sublists
* while in open context. This is possible because the clone is still
* active and open for normal writes and we want to make sure the new,
* unprocessed blockpointers are inserted into the livelist normally.
*
* Note that dsl_process_sub_livelist() both stores the size number of
* blockpointers and iterates over them while the bpobj's lock held, so
* the sizes returned to us are consistent which what was actually
* processed.
*/
int err = dsl_process_sub_livelist(&first->dle_bpobj, &lca->to_keep, t,
&first_size);
if (err == 0)
err = dsl_process_sub_livelist(&next->dle_bpobj, &lca->to_keep,
t, &next_size);
if (err == 0) {
while (zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause &&
!(zthr_has_waiters(t) || zthr_iscancelled(t)))
delay(1);
dmu_tx_t *tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
dmu_tx_mark_netfree(tx);
dmu_tx_hold_space(tx, 1);
err = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_NOWAIT | TXG_NOTHROTTLE);
if (err == 0) {
/*
* Prevent the condense zthr restarting before
* the synctask completes.
*/
spa->spa_to_condense.syncing = B_TRUE;
lca->spa = spa;
lca->first_size = first_size;
lca->next_size = next_size;
dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa_get_dsl(spa),
spa_livelist_condense_sync, lca, tx);
dmu_tx_commit(tx);
return;
}
}
/*
* Condensing can not continue: either it was externally stopped or
* we were unable to assign to a tx because the pool has run out of
* space. In the second case, we'll just end up trying to condense
* again in a later txg.
*/
ASSERT(err != 0);
bplist_clear(&lca->to_keep);
bplist_destroy(&lca->to_keep);
kmem_free(lca, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t));
dmu_buf_rele(spa->spa_to_condense.ds->ds_dbuf, spa);
spa->spa_to_condense.ds = NULL;
if (err == EINTR)
zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel++;
}
/* ARGSUSED */
/*
* Check that there is something to condense but that a condense is not
* already in progress and that condensing has not been cancelled.
*/
static boolean_t
spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void *arg, zthr_t *z)
{
spa_t *spa = arg;
if ((spa->spa_to_condense.ds != NULL) &&
(spa->spa_to_condense.syncing == B_FALSE) &&
(spa->spa_to_condense.cancelled == B_FALSE)) {
return (B_TRUE);
}
return (B_FALSE);
}
static void
spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t *spa)
{
spa->spa_to_condense.ds = NULL;
spa->spa_to_condense.first = NULL;
spa->spa_to_condense.next = NULL;
spa->spa_to_condense.syncing = B_FALSE;
spa->spa_to_condense.cancelled = B_FALSE;
ASSERT3P(spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr, ==, NULL);
spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr =
zthr_create("z_livelist_condense",
spa_livelist_condense_cb_check,
spa_livelist_condense_cb, spa);
}
OpenZFS 9079 - race condition in starting and ending condensing thread for indirect vdevs The timeline of the race condition is the following: [1] Thread A is about to finish condesing the first vdev in spa_condense_indirect_thread(), so it calls the spa_condense_indirect_complete_sync() sync task which sets the spa_condensing_indirect field to NULL. Waiting for the sync task to finish, thread A sleeps until the txg is done. When this happens, thread A will acquire spa_async_lock and set spa_condense_thread to NULL. [2] While thread A waits for the txg to finish, thread B which is running spa_sync() checks whether it should condense the second vdev in vdev_indirect_should_condense() by checking the spa_condensing_indirect field which was set to NULL by spa_condense_indirect_thread() from thread A. So it goes on and tries to spawn a new condensing thread in spa_condense_indirect_start_sync() and the aforementioned assertions fails because thread A has not set spa_condense_thread to NULL (which is basically the last thing it does before returning). The main issue here is that we rely on both spa_condensing_indirect and spa_condense_thread to signify whether a condensing thread is running. Ideally we would only use one throughout the codebase. In addition, for managing spa_condense_thread we currently use spa_async_lock which basically tights condensing to scrubing when it comes to pausing and resuming those actions during spa export. This commit introduces the ZTHR infrastructure, which is basically threads created during spa_load()/spa_create() and exist until we export or destroy the pool. ZTHRs sleep the majority of the time, until they are notified to wake up and do some predefined type of work. In the context of the current bug, a zthr to does the condensing of indirect mappings replacing the older code that used bare kthreads. When a pool is created, the condensing zthr is spawned but sleeps right away, until it is awaken by a signal from spa_sync(). If an existing pool is loaded, the condensing zthr looks if there is anything to condense before going to sleep, in case we were condensing mappings in the pool before it got exported. The benefits of this solution are the following: - The current bug is fixed - spa_condensing_indirect is the sole indicator of whether we are currently condensing or not - condensing is more decoupled from the spa_async_thread related functionality. As a final note, this commit also sets up the path on upstreaming other features that use the ZTHR code like zpool checkpoint and fast clone deletion. Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9079 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3dc606ee Closes #6900
2017-03-16 02:41:52 +03:00
static void
spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t *spa)
{
ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa);
spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa);
spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
ASSERT3P(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr, ==, NULL);
spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr =
zthr_create("z_checkpoint_discard",
spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check,
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
spa_checkpoint_discard_thread, spa);
OpenZFS 9079 - race condition in starting and ending condensing thread for indirect vdevs The timeline of the race condition is the following: [1] Thread A is about to finish condesing the first vdev in spa_condense_indirect_thread(), so it calls the spa_condense_indirect_complete_sync() sync task which sets the spa_condensing_indirect field to NULL. Waiting for the sync task to finish, thread A sleeps until the txg is done. When this happens, thread A will acquire spa_async_lock and set spa_condense_thread to NULL. [2] While thread A waits for the txg to finish, thread B which is running spa_sync() checks whether it should condense the second vdev in vdev_indirect_should_condense() by checking the spa_condensing_indirect field which was set to NULL by spa_condense_indirect_thread() from thread A. So it goes on and tries to spawn a new condensing thread in spa_condense_indirect_start_sync() and the aforementioned assertions fails because thread A has not set spa_condense_thread to NULL (which is basically the last thing it does before returning). The main issue here is that we rely on both spa_condensing_indirect and spa_condense_thread to signify whether a condensing thread is running. Ideally we would only use one throughout the codebase. In addition, for managing spa_condense_thread we currently use spa_async_lock which basically tights condensing to scrubing when it comes to pausing and resuming those actions during spa export. This commit introduces the ZTHR infrastructure, which is basically threads created during spa_load()/spa_create() and exist until we export or destroy the pool. ZTHRs sleep the majority of the time, until they are notified to wake up and do some predefined type of work. In the context of the current bug, a zthr to does the condensing of indirect mappings replacing the older code that used bare kthreads. When a pool is created, the condensing zthr is spawned but sleeps right away, until it is awaken by a signal from spa_sync(). If an existing pool is loaded, the condensing zthr looks if there is anything to condense before going to sleep, in case we were condensing mappings in the pool before it got exported. The benefits of this solution are the following: - The current bug is fixed - spa_condensing_indirect is the sole indicator of whether we are currently condensing or not - condensing is more decoupled from the spa_async_thread related functionality. As a final note, this commit also sets up the path on upstreaming other features that use the ZTHR code like zpool checkpoint and fast clone deletion. Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9079 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3dc606ee Closes #6900
2017-03-16 02:41:52 +03:00
}
/*
* Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
* ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
* pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
* a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
*
* This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
* all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
* the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
* we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
* marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
* then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
*
* Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
* the original pool.
*/
static void
spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
{
uint_t extracted;
uint64_t *glist;
uint_t i, gcount;
nvlist_t *nvl;
vdev_t **vd;
boolean_t attempt_reopen;
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
return;
/* check that the config is complete */
if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
&glist, &gcount) != 0)
return;
vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
/* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
if (glist[i] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
continue;
vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
if (vd[i] == NULL) {
/*
* Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
* just do the split.
*/
attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
} else {
/* attempt to re-online it */
vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
}
}
if (attempt_reopen) {
vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
/* check each device to see what state it's in */
for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
if (vd[i] != NULL &&
vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
break;
++extracted;
}
}
/*
* If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
* even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
* good.
*/
if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
if (vd[i] != NULL)
vdev_split(vd[i]);
vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
}
kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
}
static int
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type)
{
char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
int error;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa->spa_load_state = state;
(void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa),
spa_load_state(spa));
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
error = spa_load_impl(spa, type, &ereport);
/*
* Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
* and are making their way through the eviction process.
*/
spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
if (error) {
if (error != EEXIST) {
spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
}
if (error != EBADF) {
(void) zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa,
NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
}
}
spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
spa->spa_ena = 0;
(void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa),
spa_load_state(spa));
return (error);
}
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
/*
* Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
* vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
* spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
*/
static uint64_t
vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t *vd)
{
spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
uint64_t total = 0;
if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
total++;
ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_top_zap));
}
if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
total++;
ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_leaf_zap));
}
for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
total += vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i]);
}
return (total);
}
#endif
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
/*
* Determine whether the activity check is required.
*/
static boolean_t
spa_activity_check_required(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *label,
nvlist_t *config)
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
{
uint64_t state = 0;
uint64_t hostid = 0;
uint64_t tryconfig_txg = 0;
uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp = 0;
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq = 0;
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
nvlist_t *nvinfo;
if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) {
nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO);
(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG,
&tryconfig_txg);
(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
&tryconfig_timestamp);
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
(void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ,
&tryconfig_mmp_seq);
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
}
(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state);
/*
* Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
* is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
*/
if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP)
return (B_FALSE);
/*
* Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
*/
if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay == 0)
return (B_FALSE);
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
/*
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
* If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
* earlier tryimport. If they all match the uberblock we just found,
* then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
* a second time.
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
*/
if (tryconfig_txg && tryconfig_txg == ub->ub_txg &&
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
tryconfig_timestamp && tryconfig_timestamp == ub->ub_timestamp &&
tryconfig_mmp_seq && tryconfig_mmp_seq ==
(MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0))
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
return (B_FALSE);
/*
* Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
* on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from
* configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
*/
if (nvlist_exists(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID))
hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID);
if (hostid == spa_get_hostid(spa))
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
return (B_FALSE);
/*
* Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
*/
if (state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE)
return (B_FALSE);
return (B_TRUE);
}
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
/*
* Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
*/
static uint64_t
spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub)
{
uint64_t import_intervals = MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals, 1);
uint64_t multihost_interval = MSEC2NSEC(
MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval));
uint64_t import_delay = MAX(NANOSEC, import_intervals *
multihost_interval);
/*
* Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
* where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
* writes do not land.
*
* See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
* these cases and times.
*/
ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR >= 100);
if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub) &&
MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) > 0) {
/* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
import_delay = MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub)) *
MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR / 100;
zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
"mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
"import_intervals=%u", import_delay, MMP_FAIL_INT(ub),
MMP_INTERVAL(ub), import_intervals);
} else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub) &&
MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) == 0) {
/* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
import_delay = MAX(import_delay, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub)) +
ub->ub_mmp_delay) * import_intervals);
zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
"mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
"import_intervals=%u", import_delay, MMP_INTERVAL(ub),
ub->ub_mmp_delay, import_intervals);
} else if (MMP_VALID(ub)) {
/*
* zfs-0.7 compatibility case
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
*/
import_delay = MAX(import_delay, (multihost_interval +
ub->ub_mmp_delay) * import_intervals);
zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
"import_intervals=%u leaves=%u", import_delay,
ub->ub_mmp_delay, import_intervals,
vdev_count_leaves(spa));
} else {
/* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
"host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
"import_intervals=%u", import_delay, multihost_interval,
import_intervals);
}
return (import_delay);
}
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
/*
* Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or
* we detected activity then fail.
*/
static int
spa_activity_check(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *config)
{
uint64_t txg = ub->ub_txg;
uint64_t timestamp = ub->ub_timestamp;
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
uint64_t mmp_config = ub->ub_mmp_config;
uint16_t mmp_seq = MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0;
uint64_t import_delay;
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
hrtime_t import_expire;
nvlist_t *mmp_label = NULL;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
kcondvar_t cv;
kmutex_t mtx;
int error = 0;
cv_init(&cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
mutex_init(&mtx, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
mutex_enter(&mtx);
/*
* If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
* during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then
* the pool is known to be active on another host.
*
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
* Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host. Check for
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
* changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
*/
if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) {
nvlist_t *nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO);
if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) &&
fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) == 0) {
vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label);
error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO);
goto out;
}
}
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
import_delay = spa_activity_check_duration(spa, ub);
Update mmp_delay on sync or skipped, failed write When an MMP write is skipped, or fails, and time since mts->mmp_last_write is already greater than mts->mmp_delay, increase mts->mmp_delay. The original code only updated mts->mmp_delay when a write succeeded, but this results in the write(s) after delays and failed write(s) reporting an ub_mmp_delay which is too low. Update mmp_last_write and mmp_delay if a txg sync was successful. At least one uberblock was written, thus extending the time we can be sure the pool will not be imported by another host. Do not allow mmp_delay to go below (MSEC2NSEC(zfs_multihost_interval) / vdev_count_leaves()) so that a period of frequent successful MMP writes, e.g. due to frequent txg syncs, does not result in an import activity check so short it is not reliable based on mmp thread writes alone. Remove unnecessary local variable, start. We do not use the start time of the loop iteration. Add a debug message in spa_activity_check() to allow verification of the import_delay value and to prove the activity check occurred. Alter the tests that import pools and attempt to detect an activity check. Calculate the expected duration of spa_activity_check() based on module parameters at the time the import is performed, rather than a fixed time set in mmp.cfg. The fixed time may be wrong. Also, use the default zfs_multihost_interval value so the activity check is longer and easier to recognize. Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7330
2018-04-05 02:38:44 +03:00
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
/* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
import_delay += import_delay * spa_get_random(250) / 1000;
import_expire = gethrtime() + import_delay;
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
while (gethrtime() < import_expire) {
(void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa_guid(spa),
NSEC2SEC(import_expire - gethrtime()));
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label);
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
if (txg != ub->ub_txg || timestamp != ub->ub_timestamp ||
mmp_seq != (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0)) {
zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
"txg %llu ub_txg %llu "
"timestamp %llu ub_timestamp %llu "
"mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
txg, ub->ub_txg, timestamp, ub->ub_timestamp,
mmp_config, ub->ub_mmp_config);
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO);
break;
}
if (mmp_label) {
nvlist_free(mmp_label);
mmp_label = NULL;
}
error = cv_timedwait_sig(&cv, &mtx, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz);
if (error != -1) {
error = SET_ERROR(EINTR);
break;
}
error = 0;
}
out:
mutex_exit(&mtx);
mutex_destroy(&mtx);
cv_destroy(&cv);
/*
* If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
* spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are
* available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
* This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
*
* ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory)
* ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
* ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool
*/
if (error == EREMOTEIO) {
char *hostname = "<unknown>";
uint64_t hostid = 0;
if (mmp_label) {
if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME)) {
hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME);
fnvlist_add_string(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME, hostname);
}
if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID)) {
hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID);
fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID, hostid);
}
}
fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE);
fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, 0);
error = spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO);
}
if (mmp_label)
nvlist_free(mmp_label);
return (error);
}
static int
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_verify_host(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *mos_config)
{
uint64_t hostid;
char *hostname;
uint64_t myhostid = 0;
if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME);
myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
if (hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 && hostid != myhostid) {
cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
"loaded as it was last accessed by "
"another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
"See: https://openzfs.github.io/openzfs-docs/msg/"
"ZFS-8000-EY",
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_name(spa), hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
spa_load_failed(spa, "hostid verification failed: pool "
"last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
}
}
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
{
int error = 0;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
nvlist_t *nvtree, *nvl, *config = spa->spa_config;
int parse;
vdev_t *rvd;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
uint64_t pool_guid;
char *comment;
Add "compatibility" property for zpool feature sets Property to allow sets of features to be specified; for compatibility with specific versions / releases / external systems. Influences the behavior of 'zpool upgrade' and 'zpool create'. Initial man page changes and test cases included. Brief synopsis: zpool create -o compatibility=off|legacy|file[,file...] pool vdev... compatibility = off : disable compatibility mode (enable all features) compatibility = legacy : request that no features be enabled compatibility = file[,file...] : read features from specified files. Only features present in *all* files will be enabled on the resulting pool. Filenames may be absolute, or relative to /etc/zfs/compatibility.d or /usr/share/zfs/compatibility.d (/etc checked first). Only affects zpool create, zpool upgrade and zpool status. ABI changes in libzfs: * New function "zpool_load_compat" to load and parse compat sets. * Add "zpool_compat_status_t" typedef for compatibility parse status. * Add ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY to the pool properties enum * Add ZPOOL_STATUS_COMPATIBILITY_ERR to the pool status enum An initial set of base compatibility sets are included in cmd/zpool/compatibility.d, and the Makefile for cmd/zpool is modified to install these in $pkgdatadir/compatibility.d and to create symbolic links to a reasonable set of aliases. Reviewed-by: ericloewe Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org> Closes #11468
2021-02-18 08:30:45 +03:00
char *compatibility;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
* it's not present treat it as the initial version.
*/
if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
&spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid)) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID);
return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
}
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
/*
* If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
* imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
* spa namespace.
*
* The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
* imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
* look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
*/
#ifdef _KERNEL
if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
#else
if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0) &&
!spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
#endif
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_load_failed(spa, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
(u_longlong_t)pool_guid);
return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
}
spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
Add "compatibility" property for zpool feature sets Property to allow sets of features to be specified; for compatibility with specific versions / releases / external systems. Influences the behavior of 'zpool upgrade' and 'zpool create'. Initial man page changes and test cases included. Brief synopsis: zpool create -o compatibility=off|legacy|file[,file...] pool vdev... compatibility = off : disable compatibility mode (enable all features) compatibility = legacy : request that no features be enabled compatibility = file[,file...] : read features from specified files. Only features present in *all* files will be enabled on the resulting pool. Filenames may be absolute, or relative to /etc/zfs/compatibility.d or /usr/share/zfs/compatibility.d (/etc checked first). Only affects zpool create, zpool upgrade and zpool status. ABI changes in libzfs: * New function "zpool_load_compat" to load and parse compat sets. * Add "zpool_compat_status_t" typedef for compatibility parse status. * Add ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY to the pool properties enum * Add ZPOOL_STATUS_COMPATIBILITY_ERR to the pool status enum An initial set of base compatibility sets are included in cmd/zpool/compatibility.d, and the Makefile for cmd/zpool is modified to install these in $pkgdatadir/compatibility.d and to create symbolic links to a reasonable set of aliases. Reviewed-by: ericloewe Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org> Closes #11468
2021-02-18 08:30:45 +03:00
ASSERT(spa->spa_compatibility == NULL);
if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMPATIBILITY,
&compatibility) == 0)
spa->spa_compatibility = spa_strdup(compatibility);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
&spa->spa_config_txg);
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) == 0)
spa->spa_config_splitting = fnvlist_dup(nvl);
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvtree)) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
}
/*
* Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
*/
spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
KM_SLEEP);
for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
}
/*
* Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
* value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
* configuration requires knowing the version number.
*/
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtree, NULL, 0, parse);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
error);
return (error);
}
ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
}
return (0);
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
* first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
*/
static int
spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
{
int error = 0;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
* missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
*/
if (spa->spa_trust_config) {
spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds;
} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE) {
spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile;
} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN) {
spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan;
} else {
spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = 0;
}
spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed =
MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds, spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
error = vdev_open(spa->spa_root_vdev);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
"vdevs.", (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds);
if (spa->spa_trust_config && (spa->spa_mode & SPA_MODE_WRITE)) {
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* Although theoretically we could allow users to open
* incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
* of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
* for missing vdevs).
* This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
* opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
* damaging it further.
*/
spa_load_note(spa, "pools with missing top-level "
"vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
error = SET_ERROR(ENXIO);
} else {
spa_load_note(spa, "current settings allow for maximum "
"%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
(u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
}
}
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
error);
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0 || error != 0)
vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa->spa_root_vdev, 2);
return (error);
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
* we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
* config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
* config is trusted.
*/
static int
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
{
int error = 0;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
error = vdev_validate(rvd);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error);
return (error);
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
"some vdevs");
vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
}
return (0);
}
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
static void
spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub)
{
spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
}
static int
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
{
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
nvlist_t *label;
uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
boolean_t activity_check = B_FALSE;
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
/*
* If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
* rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
* checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
* the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if
* we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
* not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
* labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
* by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
*
* Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
* rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
* crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
* searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
* that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
* just in the edge case.
*/
if (ub->ub_checkpoint_txg != 0 &&
spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
return (0);
}
/*
* Find the best uberblock.
*/
vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
/*
* If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
*/
if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
nvlist_free(label);
spa_load_failed(spa, "no valid uberblock found");
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
}
if (spa->spa_load_max_txg != UINT64_MAX) {
(void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa_guid(spa),
(u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg);
}
spa_load_note(spa, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
(u_longlong_t)ub->ub_txg);
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
/*
* For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
* pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent
* hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
*/
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
activity_check = spa_activity_check_required(spa, ub, label,
spa->spa_config);
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
if (activity_check) {
if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay &&
spa_get_hostid(spa) == 0) {
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
nvlist_free(label);
fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO));
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
int error = spa_activity_check(spa, ub, spa->spa_config);
if (error) {
nvlist_free(label);
return (error);
}
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE);
fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, ub->ub_txg);
MMP interval and fail_intervals in uberblock When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information. If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported, the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does not depend on ub_mmp_delay: zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool. As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than is necessary. This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations. These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records. It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with only ub_mmp_delay, it uses (zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf count. In addition, it makes a few other improvements: * It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second). * It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible. * It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results in immediate pool suspension. * Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded tunable values, not tunable values on importing host. * Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number), that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match tunable settings. Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #7842
2019-03-21 22:47:57 +03:00
fnvlist_add_uint16(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ,
(MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0));
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
}
/*
* If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
*/
if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
nvlist_free(label);
spa_load_failed(spa, "version %llu is not supported",
(u_longlong_t)ub->ub_version);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
}
if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
nvlist_t *features;
/*
* If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
* MOS in the label, return failure.
*/
if (label == NULL) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "label config unavailable");
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
ENXIO));
}
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
&features) != 0) {
nvlist_free(label);
spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
ENXIO));
}
/*
* Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
* from the label.
*/
nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
}
nvlist_free(label);
/*
* Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
* there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
* cannot open a pool.
*/
if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
0);
for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
NULL); nvp != NULL;
nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
}
}
if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
spa_load_failed(spa, "some features are unsupported");
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
ENOTSUP));
}
nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
}
if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_try_repair(spa, spa->spa_config);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
}
/*
* Initialize internal SPA structures.
*/
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t *spa)
{
int error = 0;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
"[error=%d]", error);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
return (0);
}
static int
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
boolean_t reloading)
{
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
nvlist_t *nv, *mos_config, *policy;
int error = 0, copy_error;
uint64_t healthy_tvds, healthy_tvds_mos;
uint64_t mos_config_txg;
if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object, B_TRUE)
!= 0)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
/*
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
* If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
* already trusted so there is nothing to do.
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
*/
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (type == SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
return (0);
healthy_tvds = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config)
!= 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
/*
* If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
* the verification here.
*/
if (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_OPEN) {
error = spa_verify_host(spa, mos_config);
if (error != 0) {
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
nvlist_free(mos_config);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
return (error);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
}
nv = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
/*
* Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
*/
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
error = spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD);
if (error != 0) {
nvlist_free(mos_config);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_config_parse failed [error=%d]",
error);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
* obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
* paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
* We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
* succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
* If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
* best effort policy.
*/
copy_error = vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd, mrvd);
if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
spa_load_note(spa, "provided vdev tree:");
vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
spa_load_note(spa, "MOS vdev tree:");
vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd, 2);
}
if (copy_error != 0) {
spa_load_note(spa, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
"back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd, mrvd);
}
vdev_close(rvd);
vdev_free(rvd);
spa->spa_root_vdev = mrvd;
rvd = mrvd;
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
/*
* We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
* fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
* MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
* pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
* We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
*/
mos_config_txg = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG);
nvlist_free(mos_config);
mos_config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, mos_config_txg, B_FALSE);
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY,
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
&policy) == 0)
fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY, policy);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_config_set(spa, mos_config);
spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS;
/*
* Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
* in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
* of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
* vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
*/
spa->spa_trust_config = B_TRUE;
/*
* Open and validate the new vdev tree
*/
error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
spa_load_note(spa, "final vdev tree:");
vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
}
if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT &&
!spa->spa_extreme_rewind && zfs_max_missing_tvds == 0) {
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
/*
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
* Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
* latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
* in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
* to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
* an extreme rewind.
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
*/
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
healthy_tvds_mos = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
if (healthy_tvds_mos - healthy_tvds >=
SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) {
spa_load_note(spa, "config provided misses too many "
"top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
(u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds,
(u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds_mos);
spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree:");
vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
if (reloading) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "config was already "
"provided from MOS. Aborting.");
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
spa_load_note(spa, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
"config");
return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN));
}
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
error = spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
if (rvd->vdev_guid_sum != spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
"guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
(u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum,
(u_longlong_t)rvd->vdev_guid_sum);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
ENXIO));
}
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
{
int error = 0;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
/*
* Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
* on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible.
*/
error = spa_remove_init(spa);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
error);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
/*
* Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
*/
error = spa_condense_init(spa);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
error);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
}
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_check_features(spa_t *spa, boolean_t *missing_feat_writep)
{
int error = 0;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
&spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
&spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
&spa->spa_feat_desc_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
if (spa_writeable(spa) ||
spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
*missing_feat_writep = B_TRUE;
}
}
fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
}
fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
if (!missing_feat_read) {
fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
}
/*
* If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
* twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
* import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
* pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
* is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
* as available in userland; if it is not available for import
* in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
* userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
* mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
* in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
* available for open in read-only mode.
*
* As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
* missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
* the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
* userland in order to know whether to display the
* abovementioned note.
*/
if (missing_feat_read || (*missing_feat_writep &&
spa_writeable(spa))) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "pool uses unsupported features");
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
ENOTSUP));
}
/*
* Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
* cache during SPA initialization.
*/
for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
uint64_t refcount;
error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
&spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
if (error == 0) {
spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
} else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
} else {
spa_load_failed(spa, "error getting refcount "
"for feature %s [error=%d]",
spa_feature_table[i].fi_guid, error);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
}
}
if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
&spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
Detect and prevent mixed raw and non-raw sends Currently, there is an issue in the raw receive code where raw receives are allowed to happen on top of previously non-raw received datasets. This is a problem because the source-side dataset doesn't know about how the blocks on the destination were encrypted. As a result, any MAC in the objset's checksum-of-MACs tree that is a parent of both blocks encrypted on the source and blocks encrypted by the destination will be incorrect. This will result in authentication errors when we decrypt the dataset. This patch fixes this issue by adding a new check to the raw receive code. The code now maintains an "IVset guid", which acts as an identifier for the set of IVs used to encrypt a given snapshot. When a snapshot is raw received, the destination snapshot will take this value from the DRR_BEGIN payload. Non-raw receives and normal "zfs snap" operations will cause ZFS to generate a new IVset guid. When a raw incremental stream is received, ZFS will check that the "from" IVset guid in the stream matches that of the "from" destination snapshot. If they do not match, the code will error out the receive, preventing the problem. This patch requires an on-disk format change to add the IVset guids to snapshots and bookmarks. As a result, this patch has errata handling and a tunable to help affected users resolve the issue with as little interruption as possible. Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #8308
2019-02-04 22:24:55 +03:00
/*
* Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
* is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
* bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
*/
if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION) &&
!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2)) {
spa->spa_errata = ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION;
}
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t *spa)
{
int error = 0;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_get_props(spa_t *spa)
{
int error = 0;
uint64_t obj;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 4185 - add new cryptographic checksums to ZFS: SHA-512, Skein, Edon-R Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4185 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/45818ee Porting Notes: This code is ported on top of the Illumos Crypto Framework code: https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/4329/commits/b5e030c8dbb9cd393d313571dee4756fbba8c22d The list of porting changes includes: - Copied module/icp/include/sha2/sha2.h directly from illumos - Removed from module/icp/algs/sha2/sha2.c: #pragma inline(SHA256Init, SHA384Init, SHA512Init) - Added 'ctx' to lib/libzfs/libzfs_sendrecv.c:zio_checksum_SHA256() since it now takes in an extra parameter. - Added CTASSERT() to assert.h from for module/zfs/edonr_zfs.c - Added skein & edonr to libicp/Makefile.am - Added sha512.S. It was generated from sha512-x86_64.pl in Illumos. - Updated ztest.c with new fletcher_4_*() args; used NULL for new CTX argument. - In icp/algs/edonr/edonr_byteorder.h, Removed the #if defined(__linux) section to not #include the non-existant endian.h. - In skein_test.c, renane NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Fixup test files: - Rename <sys/varargs.h> -> <varargs.h>, <strings.h> -> <string.h>, - Remove <note.h> and define NOTE() as NOP. - Define u_longlong_t - Rename "#!/usr/bin/ksh" -> "#!/bin/ksh -p" - Rename NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Remove "for isa in $($ISAINFO); do" stuff - Add/update Makefiles - Add some userspace headers like stdio.h/stdlib.h in places of sys/types.h. - EXPORT_SYMBOL *_Init/*_Update/*_Final... routines in ICP modules. - Update scripts/zfs2zol-patch.sed - include <sys/sha2.h> in sha2_impl.h - Add sha2.h to include/sys/Makefile.am - Add skein and edonr dirs to icp Makefile - Add new checksums to zpool_get.cfg - Move checksum switch block from zfs_secpolicy_setprop() to zfs_check_settable() - Fix -Wuninitialized error in edonr_byteorder.h on PPC - Fix stack frame size errors on ARM32 - Don't unroll loops in Skein on 32-bit to save stack space - Add memory barriers in sha2.c on 32-bit to save stack space - Add filetest_001_pos.ksh checksum sanity test - Add option to write psudorandom data in file_write utility
2016-06-16 01:47:05 +03:00
/* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
if (error == ENOENT) {
/* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
} else if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
"MOS [error=%d]", error);
OpenZFS 4185 - add new cryptographic checksums to ZFS: SHA-512, Skein, Edon-R Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4185 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/45818ee Porting Notes: This code is ported on top of the Illumos Crypto Framework code: https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/4329/commits/b5e030c8dbb9cd393d313571dee4756fbba8c22d The list of porting changes includes: - Copied module/icp/include/sha2/sha2.h directly from illumos - Removed from module/icp/algs/sha2/sha2.c: #pragma inline(SHA256Init, SHA384Init, SHA512Init) - Added 'ctx' to lib/libzfs/libzfs_sendrecv.c:zio_checksum_SHA256() since it now takes in an extra parameter. - Added CTASSERT() to assert.h from for module/zfs/edonr_zfs.c - Added skein & edonr to libicp/Makefile.am - Added sha512.S. It was generated from sha512-x86_64.pl in Illumos. - Updated ztest.c with new fletcher_4_*() args; used NULL for new CTX argument. - In icp/algs/edonr/edonr_byteorder.h, Removed the #if defined(__linux) section to not #include the non-existant endian.h. - In skein_test.c, renane NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Fixup test files: - Rename <sys/varargs.h> -> <varargs.h>, <strings.h> -> <string.h>, - Remove <note.h> and define NOTE() as NOP. - Define u_longlong_t - Rename "#!/usr/bin/ksh" -> "#!/bin/ksh -p" - Rename NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Remove "for isa in $($ISAINFO); do" stuff - Add/update Makefiles - Add some userspace headers like stdio.h/stdlib.h in places of sys/types.h. - EXPORT_SYMBOL *_Init/*_Update/*_Final... routines in ICP modules. - Update scripts/zfs2zol-patch.sed - include <sys/sha2.h> in sha2_impl.h - Add sha2.h to include/sys/Makefile.am - Add skein and edonr dirs to icp Makefile - Add new checksums to zpool_get.cfg - Move checksum switch block from zfs_secpolicy_setprop() to zfs_check_settable() - Fix -Wuninitialized error in edonr_byteorder.h on PPC - Fix stack frame size errors on ARM32 - Don't unroll loops in Skein on 32-bit to save stack space - Add memory barriers in sha2.c on 32-bit to save stack space - Add filetest_001_pos.ksh checksum sanity test - Add option to write psudorandom data in file_write utility
2016-06-16 01:47:05 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
"[error=%d]", error);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
* (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
* be present.
*/
error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate, B_FALSE);
if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
&spa->spa_creation_version, B_FALSE);
if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
* not be present.
*/
error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last,
B_FALSE);
if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
&spa->spa_errlog_scrub, B_FALSE);
if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Load the livelist deletion field. If a livelist is queued for
* deletion, indicate that in the spa
*/
error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES,
&spa->spa_livelists_to_delete, B_FALSE);
if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
* will not be present.
*/
error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history, B_FALSE);
if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
/*
* Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
* be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
* avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
* spa_sync_config_object.
*/
/* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
nvlist_t *mos_config;
if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
&spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, B_FALSE);
if (error == ENOENT) {
VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE;
ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
} else if (error != 0) {
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
} else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)) {
/*
* An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
* we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
* destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
*/
spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY;
/*
* We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
* before this. Better be sure of it.
*/
ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
}
nvlist_free(mos_config);
spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object,
B_FALSE);
if (error && error != ENOENT)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
if (error == 0) {
uint64_t autoreplace;
spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST, &spa->spa_multihost);
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM, &spa->spa_autotrim);
spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
* we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
* error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
*/
if (spa->spa_missing_tvds > 0 &&
spa->spa_failmode != ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE &&
spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
spa_load_note(spa, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
"as some top level vdevs are missing");
spa->spa_failmode = ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE;
}
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
{
int error = 0;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
/*
* If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
* an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
* devices.
*/
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Load any hot spares for this pool.
*/
error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
B_FALSE);
if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
&spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading spares nvlist");
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_load_spares(spa);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
} else if (error == 0) {
spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
*/
error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object, B_FALSE);
if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_load_l2cache(spa);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
} else if (error == 0) {
spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
}
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
{
int error = 0;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
/*
* If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
* be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to
* this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
*/
if (spa_multihost(spa) && spa_get_hostid(spa) == 0 &&
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP) == 0) {
fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
* the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
* devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
* unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
* over.
*/
if (spa->spa_autoreplace && spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
/*
* For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
* at this point we're using the spare definitions from
* the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
*/
if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
}
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
error = vdev_load(rvd);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
}
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
error = spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_ld_log_sm_data failed [error=%d]",
error);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t *spa)
{
int error = 0;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
error = ddt_load(spa);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
}
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
{
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa_writeable(spa)) {
boolean_t missing = spa_check_logs(spa);
if (missing) {
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
spa_load_note(spa, "spa_check_logs failed "
"so dropping the logs");
} else {
*ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_check_logs failed");
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG,
ENXIO));
}
}
}
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t *spa)
{
int error = 0;
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
/*
* We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
* to start pushing transactions.
*/
if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
error = spa_load_verify(spa);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_load_verify failed "
"[error=%d]", error);
return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
error));
}
}
return (0);
}
static void
spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t *spa)
{
dmu_tx_t *tx;
dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
/*
* Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
* This must all happen in a single txg.
* Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
* invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
* Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
*/
spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
(void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
dmu_tx_commit(tx);
spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
}
static void
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t *spa, uint64_t config_cache_txg,
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
boolean_t update_config_cache)
{
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
int need_update = B_FALSE;
/*
* If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
* metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
*
* If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
* in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
*/
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
if (update_config_cache || config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
need_update = B_TRUE;
for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
need_update = B_TRUE;
/*
* Update the config cache asynchronously in case we're the
* root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
*/
if (need_update)
spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
static void
spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t *spa)
{
spa_mode_t mode = spa->spa_mode;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
int async_suspended = spa->spa_async_suspended;
spa_unload(spa);
spa_deactivate(spa);
spa_activate(spa, mode);
/*
* We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
* spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
* returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
*/
spa->spa_async_suspended = async_suspended;
}
static int
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t *spa)
{
uberblock_t checkpoint;
int error = 0;
ASSERT0(spa->spa_checkpoint_txg);
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
if (error == ENOENT)
return (0);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, !=, 0);
ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg, !=, 0);
ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_timestamp, !=, 0);
spa->spa_checkpoint_txg = checkpoint.ub_txg;
spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_timestamp = checkpoint.ub_timestamp;
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
{
int error = 0;
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
/*
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
* Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
* a pool following a split.
* This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
* also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
* spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
* We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
*/
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
spa->spa_trust_config = B_FALSE;
/*
* Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
*/
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
error = spa_ld_parse_config(spa, type);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
spa_import_progress_add(spa);
/*
* Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
* opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
* probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
* based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
* to read from the vdevs.
*/
error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
* there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
* If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
* existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
* validation for now.
*/
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
}
/*
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
* Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
* unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
* get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
* the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
* of zfs supports them all.
*/
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
error = spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa, type);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
* blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
* allow us to read its contents.
*/
error = spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t *spa)
{
uberblock_t checkpoint;
int error = 0;
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
"uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error);
if (error == ENOENT)
error = ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT;
return (error);
}
ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, <, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg);
ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, ==, checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg);
/*
* We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
* uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
* the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
* reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
* (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
*/
checkpoint.ub_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg + 1;
checkpoint.ub_timestamp = gethrestime_sec();
/*
* Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
*/
spa->spa_uberblock = checkpoint;
/*
* If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
* writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
* disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
* pool and there is no way back.
*
* There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
* checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
* pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
* state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
* a "preview" of its content.
*/
if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
int svdcount = 0;
int children = rvd->vdev_children;
int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
break;
if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog ||
!vdev_is_concrete(vd))
continue;
svd[svdcount++] = vd;
if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
break;
}
error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, spa->spa_first_txg);
if (error == 0)
spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
if (error != 0) {
spa_load_failed(spa, "failed to write checkpointed "
"uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error);
return (error);
}
}
return (0);
}
static int
spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
boolean_t *update_config_cache)
{
int error;
/*
* Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
* select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
* the MOS.
*/
error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
* Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
* a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
*/
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_FALSE);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (error == EAGAIN) {
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
if (update_config_cache != NULL)
*update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/*
* Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
* too different from the untrusted config.
*/
spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
spa_load_note(spa, "RELOADING");
error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_TRUE);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
} else if (error != 0) {
return (error);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
}
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
return (0);
}
/*
* Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
* describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
* partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
* config stored in the MOS.
*/
static int
spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
{
int error = 0;
boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
boolean_t checkpoint_rewind =
(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
boolean_t update_config_cache = B_FALSE;
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING");
error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, &update_config_cache);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
* everything we've done so far in this function but this time
* selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
* the MOS.
*/
if (checkpoint_rewind) {
/*
* If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
* anyway.
*/
update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
/*
* Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
* and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
* pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
* uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
*/
error = spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Redo the loading process again with the
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
* checkpointed uberblock.
*/
spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, NULL);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
}
/*
* Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
*/
error = spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
* from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
* that everything that we read before this step must have been
* rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
* initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
* we have loaded their mappings.
*/
error = spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
* they are all supported.
*/
error = spa_ld_check_features(spa, &missing_feat_write);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
* layer.
*/
error = spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
*/
error = spa_ld_get_props(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
* and open them.
*/
error = spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa, type);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
* should be autoreplaced.
*/
error = spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
error = spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
* when we claim log blocks later.
*/
error = spa_ld_verify_logs(spa, type, ereport);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
if (missing_feat_write) {
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
/*
* At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
* read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
* information and can return to userland.
*/
return (spa_vdev_err(spa->spa_root_vdev, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
ENOTSUP));
}
/*
* Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
* state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
* which can take a very long time.
*/
error = spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
* we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
* accounting using the deflated sizes.
*/
spa_update_dspace(spa);
/*
* We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
* pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
* additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
*/
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (spa_writeable(spa) && (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
uint64_t config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
/*
* In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
* of the checkpointed uberblock.
*/
if (checkpoint_rewind) {
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "checkpoint rewind",
NULL, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
(u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_checkpoint_txg);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa);
/*
* Kick-off the syncing thread.
*/
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
mmp_thread_start(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
* claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
* don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
* will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
* performed above.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
* next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
* and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa, config_cache_txg,
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
update_config_cache);
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
/*
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
* Check if a rebuild was in progress and if so resume it.
* Then check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
* The resilver will be deferred if a rebuild was started.
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
*/
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
if (vdev_rebuild_active(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
vdev_rebuild_restart(spa);
} else if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
}
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
/*
* Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
* we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
*/
spa_history_log_version(spa, "open", NULL);
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_restart_removal(spa);
spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
/*
* Delete any inconsistent datasets.
*
* Note:
* Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
* we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
* auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
* deletion zthr is part of).
*/
(void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
/*
* Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
*/
dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
vdev_trim_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
vdev_autotrim_restart(spa);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD);
spa_load_note(spa, "LOADED");
return (0);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
static int
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state)
{
spa_mode_t mode = spa->spa_mode;
spa_unload(spa);
spa_deactivate(spa);
spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
spa_activate(spa, mode);
spa_async_suspend(spa);
spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
(u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING));
}
/*
* If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
* 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
* will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
* function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
* spa_load().
*/
static int
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, uint64_t max_request,
int rewind_flags)
{
nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
nvlist_t *config = NULL;
int load_error, rewind_error;
uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
uint64_t min_txg;
if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
} else {
spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
}
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
if (load_error == 0)
return (0);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
if (load_error == ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT) {
/*
* When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
* checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
* from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
*/
ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
return (load_error);
}
if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
nvlist_free(config);
spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
return (load_error);
}
if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
/* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
} else {
/*
* If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
* import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
* to rewind.
*/
loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
}
spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
/*
* Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
* the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
*/
while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state);
}
spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
spa_config_set(spa, config);
else
nvlist_free(config);
if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
return (rewind_error);
} else {
/* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
spa->spa_load_info);
/* Restore the initial load info */
fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
return (load_error);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Pool Open/Import
*
* The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
* down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
* case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
* POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
*
* The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
* the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
* ambiguous state.
*/
static int
spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
nvlist_t **config)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
spa_t *spa;
spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
int error;
int locked = B_FALSE;
int firstopen = B_FALSE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*spapp = NULL;
/*
* As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
* function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
* up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
* avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
*/
Simplify threads, mutexs, cvs and rwlocks * Simplify threads, mutexs, cvs and rwlocks * Update the zk_thread_create() function to use the same trick as Illumos. Specifically, cast the new pthread_t to a void pointer and return that as the kthread_t *. This avoids the issues associated with managing a wrapper structure and is safe as long as the callers never attempt to dereference it. * Update all function prototypes passed to pthread_create() to match the expected prototype. We were getting away this with before since the function were explicitly cast. * Replaced direct zk_thread_create() calls with thread_create() for code consistency. All consumers of libzpool now use the proper wrappers. * The mutex_held() calls were converted to MUTEX_HELD(). * Removed all mutex_owner() calls and retired the interface. Instead use MUTEX_HELD() which provides the same information and allows the implementation details to be hidden. In this case the use of the pthread_equals() function. * The kthread_t, kmutex_t, krwlock_t, and krwlock_t types had any non essential fields removed. In the case of kthread_t and kcondvar_t they could be directly typedef'd to pthread_t and pthread_cond_t respectively. * Removed all extra ASSERTS from the thread, mutex, rwlock, and cv wrapper functions. In practice, pthreads already provides the vast majority of checks as long as we check the return code. Removing this code from our wrappers help readability. * Added TS_JOINABLE state flag to pass to request a joinable rather than detached thread. This isn't a standard thread_create() state but it's the least invasive way to pass this information and is only used by ztest. TEST_ZTEST_TIMEOUT=3600 Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4547 Closes #5503 Closes #5523 Closes #6377 Closes #6495
2017-08-11 18:51:44 +03:00
if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
locked = B_TRUE;
}
if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
if (locked)
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
zpool_load_policy_t policy;
firstopen = B_TRUE;
zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
&policy);
if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool);
error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg,
policy.zlp_rewind);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (error == EBADF) {
/*
* If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
* EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
* that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
* this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
* we should remove the pool from the namespace.
*/
spa_unload(spa);
spa_deactivate(spa);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_remove(spa);
if (locked)
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
if (error) {
/*
* We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
* information: the state of each vdev after the
* attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
*/
if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
KM_SLEEP) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_unload(spa);
spa_deactivate(spa);
spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (locked)
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
*spapp = NULL;
return (error);
}
}
spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
if (config != NULL)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
/*
* If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
* gathered while doing the load.
*/
if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
}
if (locked) {
spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
}
if (firstopen)
async zvol minor node creation interferes with receive When we finish a zfs receive, dmu_recv_end_sync() calls zvol_create_minors(async=TRUE). This kicks off some other threads that create the minor device nodes (in /dev/zvol/poolname/...). These async threads call zvol_prefetch_minors_impl() and zvol_create_minor(), which both call dmu_objset_own(), which puts a "long hold" on the dataset. Since the zvol minor node creation is asynchronous, this can happen after the `ZFS_IOC_RECV[_NEW]` ioctl and `zfs receive` process have completed. After the first receive ioctl has completed, userland may attempt to do another receive into the same dataset (e.g. the next incremental stream). This second receive and the asynchronous minor node creation can interfere with one another in several different ways, because they both require exclusive access to the dataset: 1. When the second receive is finishing up, dmu_recv_end_check() does dsl_dataset_handoff_check(), which can fail with EBUSY if the async minor node creation already has a "long hold" on this dataset. This causes the 2nd receive to fail. 2. The async udev rule can fail if zvol_id and/or systemd-udevd try to open the device while the the second receive's async attempt at minor node creation owns the dataset (via zvol_prefetch_minors_impl). This causes the minor node (/dev/zd*) to exist, but the udev-generated /dev/zvol/... to not exist. 3. The async minor node creation can silently fail with EBUSY if the first receive's zvol_create_minor() trys to own the dataset while the second receive's zvol_prefetch_minors_impl already owns the dataset. To address these problems, this change synchronously creates the minor node. To avoid the lock ordering problems that the asynchrony was introduced to fix (see #3681), we create the minor nodes from open context, with no locks held, rather than from syncing contex as was originally done. Implementation notes: We generally do not need to traverse children or prefetch anything (e.g. when running the recv, snapshot, create, or clone subcommands of zfs). We only need recursion when importing/opening a pool and when loading encryption keys. The existing recursive, asynchronous, prefetching code is preserved for use in these cases. Channel programs may need to create zvol minor nodes, when creating a snapshot of a zvol with the snapdev property set. We figure out what snapshots are created when running the LUA program in syncing context. In this case we need to remember what snapshots were created, and then try to create their minor nodes from open context, after the LUA code has completed. There are additional zvol use cases that asynchronously own the dataset, which can cause similar problems. E.g. changing the volmode or snapdev properties. These are less problematic because they are not recursive and don't touch datasets that are not involved in the operation, there is still potential for interference with subsequent operations. In the future, these cases should be similarly converted to create the zvol minor node synchronously from open context. The async tasks of removing and renaming minors do not own the objset, so they do not have this problem. However, it may make sense to also convert these operations to happen synchronously from open context, in the future. Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> External-issue: DLPX-65948 Closes #7863 Closes #9885
2020-02-03 20:33:14 +03:00
zvol_create_minors_recursive(spa_name(spa));
*spapp = spa;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (0);
}
int
spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
nvlist_t **config)
{
return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
int
spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
{
return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
* preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
*/
spa_t *
spa_inject_addref(char *name)
{
spa_t *spa;
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (NULL);
}
spa->spa_inject_ref++;
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (spa);
}
void
spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
{
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa->spa_inject_ref--;
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
}
/*
* Add spares device information to the nvlist.
*/
static void
spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
{
nvlist_t **spares;
uint_t i, nspares;
nvlist_t *nvroot;
uint64_t guid;
vdev_stat_t *vs;
uint_t vsc;
uint64_t pool;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
return;
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
if (nspares != 0) {
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
/*
* Go through and find any spares which have since been
* repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
* their status appropriately.
*/
for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
pool != 0ULL) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
(uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
}
}
}
}
/*
* Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
*/
static void
spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
{
nvlist_t **l2cache;
uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
nvlist_t *nvroot;
uint64_t guid;
vdev_t *vd;
vdev_stat_t *vs;
uint_t vsc;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
return;
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
if (nl2cache != 0) {
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
/*
* Update level 2 cache device stats.
*/
for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
vd = NULL;
for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
if (guid ==
spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
break;
}
}
ASSERT(vd != NULL);
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
== 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
Add -lhHpw options to "zpool iostat" for avg latency, histograms, & queues Update the zfs module to collect statistics on average latencies, queue sizes, and keep an internal histogram of all IO latencies. Along with this, update "zpool iostat" with some new options to print out the stats: -l: Include average IO latencies stats: total_wait disk_wait syncq_wait asyncq_wait scrub read write read write read write read write wait ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- - 41ms - 2ms - 46ms - 4ms - - 5ms - 1ms - 1us - 4ms - - 5ms - 1ms - 1us - 4ms - - - - - - - - - - - 49ms - 2ms - 47ms - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2ms - 1ms - - - 1ms - ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 1ms 1ms 1ms 413us 16us 25us - 5ms - 1ms 1ms 1ms 413us 16us 25us - 5ms - 2ms 1ms 2ms 412us 26us 25us - 5ms - - 1ms - 413us - 25us - 5ms - - 1ms - 460us - 29us - 5ms - 196us 1ms 196us 370us 7us 23us - 5ms - ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -w: Print out latency histograms: sdb total disk sync_queue async_queue latency read write read write read write read write scrub ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ 1ns 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ... 33us 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 66us 0 0 107 2486 2 788 12 12 0 131us 2 797 359 4499 10 558 184 184 6 262us 22 801 264 1563 10 286 287 287 24 524us 87 575 71 52086 15 1063 136 136 92 1ms 152 1190 5 41292 4 1693 252 252 141 2ms 245 2018 0 50007 0 2322 371 371 220 4ms 189 7455 22 162957 0 3912 6726 6726 199 8ms 108 9461 0 102320 0 5775 2526 2526 86 17ms 23 11287 0 37142 0 8043 1813 1813 19 34ms 0 14725 0 24015 0 11732 3071 3071 0 67ms 0 23597 0 7914 0 18113 5025 5025 0 134ms 0 33798 0 254 0 25755 7326 7326 0 268ms 0 51780 0 12 0 41593 10002 10002 0 537ms 0 77808 0 0 0 64255 13120 13120 0 1s 0 105281 0 0 0 83805 20841 20841 0 2s 0 88248 0 0 0 73772 14006 14006 0 4s 0 47266 0 0 0 29783 17176 17176 0 9s 0 10460 0 0 0 4130 6295 6295 0 17s 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34s 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 69s 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 137s 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -h: Help -H: Scripted mode. Do not display headers, and separate fields by a single tab instead of arbitrary space. -q: Include current number of entries in sync & async read/write queues, and scrub queue: syncq_read syncq_write asyncq_read asyncq_write scrubq_read pend activ pend activ pend activ pend activ pend activ ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 0 0 0 0 78 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 78 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - - - - - - - - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - - - - - - - - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 0 0 227 394 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 227 394 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 108 98 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 98 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 78 98 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 88 0 0 0 0 0 0 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -p: Display numbers in parseable (exact) values. Also, update iostat syntax to allow the user to specify specific vdevs to show statistics for. The three options for choosing pools/vdevs are: Display a list of pools: zpool iostat ... [pool ...] Display a list of vdevs from a specific pool: zpool iostat ... [pool vdev ...] Display a list of vdevs from any pools: zpool iostat ... [vdev ...] Lastly, allow zpool command "interval" value to be floating point: zpool iostat -v 0.5 Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4433
2016-02-29 21:05:23 +03:00
vdev_config_generate_stats(vd, l2cache[i]);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
}
}
static void
spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *features)
{
zap_cursor_t zc;
zap_attribute_t za;
if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
za.za_num_integers == 1);
VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
za.za_first_integer));
}
zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
}
if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
za.za_num_integers == 1);
VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
za.za_first_integer));
}
zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
}
}
static void
spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *features)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
zfeature_info_t feature = spa_feature_table[i];
uint64_t refcount;
if (feature_get_refcount(spa, &feature, &refcount) != 0)
continue;
VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, feature.fi_guid, refcount));
}
}
/*
* Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
* config.
*
* The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
* the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
* in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
* and refresh its values from the cached reference counts. This
* ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
* clear' can resume the pool.
*/
static void
spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
{
nvlist_t *features;
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_feat_stats_lock);
features = spa->spa_feat_stats;
if (features != NULL) {
spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa, features);
} else {
VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP));
spa->spa_feat_stats = features;
spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa, features);
}
VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
features));
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_feat_stats_lock);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
int
spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
char *altroot, size_t buflen)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
int error;
spa_t *spa;
*config = NULL;
error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (spa != NULL) {
/*
* This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
* or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
* self-inconsistent.
*/
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (*config != NULL) {
uint64_t loadtimes[2];
loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
if (spa_suspended(spa)) {
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON,
spa->spa_suspended) == 0);
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
* and call spa_lookup() directly.
*/
if (altroot) {
if (spa == NULL) {
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa = spa_lookup(name);
if (spa)
spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
else
altroot[0] = '\0';
spa = NULL;
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
} else {
spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
}
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (spa != NULL) {
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_close(spa, FTAG);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (error);
}
/*
* Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
* array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
* import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
* specified, as long as they are well-formed.
*/
static int
spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
vdev_labeltype_t label)
{
nvlist_t **dev;
uint_t i, ndev;
vdev_t *vd;
int error;
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
*/
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
return (0);
if (ndev == 0)
return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
* device type.
*/
if (spa_version(spa) < version)
return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
* checking.
*/
sav->sav_pending = dev;
sav->sav_npending = ndev;
for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
mode)) != 0)
goto out;
if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
vdev_free(vd);
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
goto out;
}
vd->vdev_top = vd;
if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
(error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
}
vdev_free(vd);
if (error &&
(mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
goto out;
else
error = 0;
}
out:
sav->sav_pending = NULL;
sav->sav_npending = 0;
return (error);
}
static int
spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
{
int error;
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
&spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
return (error);
}
return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
&spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
}
static void
spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
const char *config)
{
int i;
if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
nvlist_t **olddevs;
uint_t oldndevs;
nvlist_t **newdevs;
/*
* Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
* current dev list.
*/
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
&olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
(ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
} else {
/*
* Generate a new dev list.
*/
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
devs, ndevs) == 0);
}
}
/*
* Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
*/
void
spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
{
vdev_t *vd;
int i;
spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
uint64_t pool;
vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
ASSERT(vd != NULL);
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
}
}
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
/*
* Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
* have the encryption feature flag enabled.
*/
static int
spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t *dcp,
boolean_t has_encryption)
{
if (dcp->cp_crypt != ZIO_CRYPT_OFF &&
dcp->cp_crypt != ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT &&
!has_encryption)
return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL, dcp, NULL));
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Pool Creation
*/
int
spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
nvlist_t *zplprops, dsl_crypto_params_t *dcp)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
spa_t *spa;
char *altroot = NULL;
vdev_t *rvd;
dsl_pool_t *dp;
dmu_tx_t *tx;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
int error = 0;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
uint64_t version, obj, ndraid = 0;
boolean_t has_features;
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
boolean_t has_encryption;
boolean_t has_allocclass;
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
spa_feature_t feat;
char *feat_name;
char *poolname;
nvlist_t *nvl;
if (props == NULL ||
nvlist_lookup_string(props, "tname", &poolname) != 0)
poolname = (char *)pool;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If this pool already exists, return failure.
*/
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
if (spa_lookup(poolname) != NULL) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Allocate a new spa_t structure.
*/
nvl = fnvlist_alloc();
fnvlist_add_string(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, pool);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
spa = spa_add(poolname, nvl, altroot);
fnvlist_free(nvl);
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
spa_deactivate(spa);
spa_remove(spa);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (error);
}
/*
* Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
*/
if (poolname != pool)
spa->spa_import_flags |= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME;
has_features = B_FALSE;
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
has_encryption = B_FALSE;
has_allocclass = B_FALSE;
for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem))) {
has_features = B_TRUE;
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
feat_name = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name, &feat));
if (feat == SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION)
has_encryption = B_TRUE;
if (feat == SPA_FEATURE_ALLOCATION_CLASSES)
has_allocclass = B_TRUE;
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
}
}
/* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
if (dcp != NULL) {
error = spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp, has_encryption);
if (error != 0) {
spa_deactivate(spa);
spa_remove(spa);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (error);
}
}
if (!has_allocclass && zfs_special_devs(nvroot, NULL)) {
spa_deactivate(spa);
spa_remove(spa);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (ENOTSUP);
}
if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
version = SPA_VERSION;
}
ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible. In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices. The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth). The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth) are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7 Closes #5258 Porting Notes: - Maintained minimal stack in zio_done - Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress - Added module params and documentation - Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
2016-10-14 03:59:18 +03:00
spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE;
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state = DSS_NONE;
spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_removing_vdev = -1;
spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev = -1;
spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_TRUE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
/*
* Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
*/
spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
KM_SLEEP);
for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Create the root vdev.
*/
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (error == 0 &&
(error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
(error = vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot, rvd, &ndraid, 0)) == 0 &&
(error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
/*
* instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
* we can no longer error exit past this point
*/
for (int c = 0; error == 0 && c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd);
vdev_expand(vd, txg);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (error != 0) {
spa_unload(spa);
spa_deactivate(spa);
spa_remove(spa);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (error);
}
/*
* Get the list of spares, if specified.
*/
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
&spares, &nspares) == 0) {
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_load_spares(spa);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
}
/*
* Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
*/
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
&l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_load_l2cache(spa);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
}
spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, dcp, txg);
spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Create DDTs (dedup tables).
*/
ddt_create(spa);
spa_update_dspace(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
/*
* Create the pool's history object.
*/
if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY && !spa->spa_history)
spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
spa_history_log_version(spa, "create", tx);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Create the pool config object.
*/
spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
}
if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
}
}
/*
* Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
* because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
* keeps changing.
*/
obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 4185 - add new cryptographic checksums to ZFS: SHA-512, Skein, Edon-R Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4185 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/45818ee Porting Notes: This code is ported on top of the Illumos Crypto Framework code: https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/4329/commits/b5e030c8dbb9cd393d313571dee4756fbba8c22d The list of porting changes includes: - Copied module/icp/include/sha2/sha2.h directly from illumos - Removed from module/icp/algs/sha2/sha2.c: #pragma inline(SHA256Init, SHA384Init, SHA512Init) - Added 'ctx' to lib/libzfs/libzfs_sendrecv.c:zio_checksum_SHA256() since it now takes in an extra parameter. - Added CTASSERT() to assert.h from for module/zfs/edonr_zfs.c - Added skein & edonr to libicp/Makefile.am - Added sha512.S. It was generated from sha512-x86_64.pl in Illumos. - Updated ztest.c with new fletcher_4_*() args; used NULL for new CTX argument. - In icp/algs/edonr/edonr_byteorder.h, Removed the #if defined(__linux) section to not #include the non-existant endian.h. - In skein_test.c, renane NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Fixup test files: - Rename <sys/varargs.h> -> <varargs.h>, <strings.h> -> <string.h>, - Remove <note.h> and define NOTE() as NOP. - Define u_longlong_t - Rename "#!/usr/bin/ksh" -> "#!/bin/ksh -p" - Rename NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Remove "for isa in $($ISAINFO); do" stuff - Add/update Makefiles - Add some userspace headers like stdio.h/stdlib.h in places of sys/types.h. - EXPORT_SYMBOL *_Init/*_Update/*_Final... routines in ICP modules. - Update scripts/zfs2zol-patch.sed - include <sys/sha2.h> in sha2_impl.h - Add sha2.h to include/sys/Makefile.am - Add skein and edonr dirs to icp Makefile - Add new checksums to zpool_get.cfg - Move checksum switch block from zfs_secpolicy_setprop() to zfs_check_settable() - Fix -Wuninitialized error in edonr_byteorder.h on PPC - Fix stack frame size errors on ARM32 - Don't unroll loops in Skein on 32-bit to save stack space - Add memory barriers in sha2.c on 32-bit to save stack space - Add filetest_001_pos.ksh checksum sanity test - Add option to write psudorandom data in file_write utility
2016-06-16 01:47:05 +03:00
/*
* Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
*/
(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Set pool properties.
*/
spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
spa->spa_multihost = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST);
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
spa->spa_autotrim = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM);
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
if (props != NULL) {
spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
spa_sync_props(props, tx);
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
for (int i = 0; i < ndraid; i++)
spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID, tx);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
dmu_tx_commit(tx);
spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
txg_sync_start(dp);
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
mmp_thread_start(spa);
Native Encryption for ZFS on Linux This change incorporates three major pieces: The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These commands mostly involve manipulating the new DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is protected with a user's key. This level of indirection allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting their entire datasets. The change implements the new subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and "zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new flags and properties have been added to allow dataset creation and to make mounting and unmounting more convenient. The second piece of this patch provides the ability to encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets. Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers, similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted buffers and protected data. The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset on the receiving system is protected using the same user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an untrusted system without fear of data being compromised. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Closes #494 Closes #5769
2017-08-14 20:36:48 +03:00
txg_wait_synced(dp, txg);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 9079 - race condition in starting and ending condensing thread for indirect vdevs The timeline of the race condition is the following: [1] Thread A is about to finish condesing the first vdev in spa_condense_indirect_thread(), so it calls the spa_condense_indirect_complete_sync() sync task which sets the spa_condensing_indirect field to NULL. Waiting for the sync task to finish, thread A sleeps until the txg is done. When this happens, thread A will acquire spa_async_lock and set spa_condense_thread to NULL. [2] While thread A waits for the txg to finish, thread B which is running spa_sync() checks whether it should condense the second vdev in vdev_indirect_should_condense() by checking the spa_condensing_indirect field which was set to NULL by spa_condense_indirect_thread() from thread A. So it goes on and tries to spawn a new condensing thread in spa_condense_indirect_start_sync() and the aforementioned assertions fails because thread A has not set spa_condense_thread to NULL (which is basically the last thing it does before returning). The main issue here is that we rely on both spa_condensing_indirect and spa_condense_thread to signify whether a condensing thread is running. Ideally we would only use one throughout the codebase. In addition, for managing spa_condense_thread we currently use spa_async_lock which basically tights condensing to scrubing when it comes to pausing and resuming those actions during spa export. This commit introduces the ZTHR infrastructure, which is basically threads created during spa_load()/spa_create() and exist until we export or destroy the pool. ZTHRs sleep the majority of the time, until they are notified to wake up and do some predefined type of work. In the context of the current bug, a zthr to does the condensing of indirect mappings replacing the older code that used bare kthreads. When a pool is created, the condensing zthr is spawned but sleeps right away, until it is awaken by a signal from spa_sync(). If an existing pool is loaded, the condensing zthr looks if there is anything to condense before going to sleep, in case we were condensing mappings in the pool before it got exported. The benefits of this solution are the following: - The current bug is fixed - spa_condensing_indirect is the sole indicator of whether we are currently condensing or not - condensing is more decoupled from the spa_async_thread related functionality. As a final note, this commit also sets up the path on upstreaming other features that use the ZTHR code like zpool checkpoint and fast clone deletion. Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9079 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3dc606ee Closes #6900
2017-03-16 02:41:52 +03:00
spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
* and are making their way through the eviction process.
*/
spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible. In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices. The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth). The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth) are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7 Closes #5258 Porting Notes: - Maintained minimal stack in zio_done - Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress - Added module params and documentation - Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
2016-10-14 03:59:18 +03:00
spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE;
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (0);
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
/*
* Import a non-root pool into the system.
*/
int
spa_import(char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
spa_t *spa;
char *altroot = NULL;
spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
zpool_load_policy_t policy;
spa_mode_t mode = spa_mode_global;
uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
int error;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
nvlist_t *nvroot;
nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
/*
* If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
*/
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Create and initialize the spa structure.
*/
(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
if (readonly)
mode = SPA_MODE_READ;
spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
/*
* Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
* as if it had been loaded at boot.
*/
if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
if (props != NULL)
spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (0);
}
spa_activate(spa, mode);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
/*
* Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
*/
spa_async_suspend(spa);
zpool_get_load_policy(config, &policy);
if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool);
} else {
zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
"(RECOVERY MODE)", pool, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
}
error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg, policy.zlp_rewind);
/*
* Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
* back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
*/
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
* Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
* anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
spa_load_spares(spa);
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
spa_load_l2cache(spa);
}
VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
&nvroot) == 0);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
if (props != NULL)
spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
(error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa_unload(spa);
spa_deactivate(spa);
spa_remove(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (error);
}
spa_async_resume(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
* the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
*/
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
&spares, &nspares) == 0) {
if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
else
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_load_spares(spa);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
}
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
&l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
else
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_load_l2cache(spa);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
}
/*
* Check for any removed devices.
*/
if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
}
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
/*
* Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
*/
2009-08-18 22:43:27 +04:00
spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
* It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
* We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
spa_history_log_version(spa, "import", NULL);
OpenZFS 5997 - FRU field not set during pool creation and never updated Authored by: Hans Rosenfeld <hans.rosenfeld@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Dan Fields <dan.fields@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Josef Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/5997 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/1437283 Porting Notes: In addition to the OpenZFS changes this patch realigns the events with those found in OpenZFS. Events which would be logged as sysevents on illumos have been been mapped to the 'sysevent' class for Linux. In addition, several subclass names have been changed to match what is used in OpenZFS. In all cases this means a '.' was changed to an '_' in the subclass. The scripts provided by ZoL have been updated, however users which provide scripts for any of the following events will need to rename them based on the new subclass names. ereport.fs.zfs.config.sync sysevent.fs.zfs.config_sync ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.destroy sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_destroy ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.reguid sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_reguid ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.remove sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_remove ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.clear sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_clear ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.check sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_check ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.spare sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_spare ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.autoexpand sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_autoexpand ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.start sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_start ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_finish ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.start sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_start ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_finish ereport.fs.zfs.bootfs.vdev.attach sysevent.fs.zfs.bootfs_vdev_attach
2016-07-28 01:29:15 +03:00
spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
OpenZFS 5997 - FRU field not set during pool creation and never updated Authored by: Hans Rosenfeld <hans.rosenfeld@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Dan Fields <dan.fields@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Josef Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/5997 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/1437283 Porting Notes: In addition to the OpenZFS changes this patch realigns the events with those found in OpenZFS. Events which would be logged as sysevents on illumos have been been mapped to the 'sysevent' class for Linux. In addition, several subclass names have been changed to match what is used in OpenZFS. In all cases this means a '.' was changed to an '_' in the subclass. The scripts provided by ZoL have been updated, however users which provide scripts for any of the following events will need to rename them based on the new subclass names. ereport.fs.zfs.config.sync sysevent.fs.zfs.config_sync ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.destroy sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_destroy ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.reguid sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_reguid ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.remove sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_remove ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.clear sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_clear ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.check sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_check ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.spare sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_spare ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.autoexpand sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_autoexpand ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.start sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_start ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_finish ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.start sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_start ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_finish ereport.fs.zfs.bootfs.vdev.attach sysevent.fs.zfs.bootfs_vdev_attach
2016-07-28 01:29:15 +03:00
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
async zvol minor node creation interferes with receive When we finish a zfs receive, dmu_recv_end_sync() calls zvol_create_minors(async=TRUE). This kicks off some other threads that create the minor device nodes (in /dev/zvol/poolname/...). These async threads call zvol_prefetch_minors_impl() and zvol_create_minor(), which both call dmu_objset_own(), which puts a "long hold" on the dataset. Since the zvol minor node creation is asynchronous, this can happen after the `ZFS_IOC_RECV[_NEW]` ioctl and `zfs receive` process have completed. After the first receive ioctl has completed, userland may attempt to do another receive into the same dataset (e.g. the next incremental stream). This second receive and the asynchronous minor node creation can interfere with one another in several different ways, because they both require exclusive access to the dataset: 1. When the second receive is finishing up, dmu_recv_end_check() does dsl_dataset_handoff_check(), which can fail with EBUSY if the async minor node creation already has a "long hold" on this dataset. This causes the 2nd receive to fail. 2. The async udev rule can fail if zvol_id and/or systemd-udevd try to open the device while the the second receive's async attempt at minor node creation owns the dataset (via zvol_prefetch_minors_impl). This causes the minor node (/dev/zd*) to exist, but the udev-generated /dev/zvol/... to not exist. 3. The async minor node creation can silently fail with EBUSY if the first receive's zvol_create_minor() trys to own the dataset while the second receive's zvol_prefetch_minors_impl already owns the dataset. To address these problems, this change synchronously creates the minor node. To avoid the lock ordering problems that the asynchrony was introduced to fix (see #3681), we create the minor nodes from open context, with no locks held, rather than from syncing contex as was originally done. Implementation notes: We generally do not need to traverse children or prefetch anything (e.g. when running the recv, snapshot, create, or clone subcommands of zfs). We only need recursion when importing/opening a pool and when loading encryption keys. The existing recursive, asynchronous, prefetching code is preserved for use in these cases. Channel programs may need to create zvol minor nodes, when creating a snapshot of a zvol with the snapdev property set. We figure out what snapshots are created when running the LUA program in syncing context. In this case we need to remember what snapshots were created, and then try to create their minor nodes from open context, after the LUA code has completed. There are additional zvol use cases that asynchronously own the dataset, which can cause similar problems. E.g. changing the volmode or snapdev properties. These are less problematic because they are not recursive and don't touch datasets that are not involved in the operation, there is still potential for interference with subsequent operations. In the future, these cases should be similarly converted to create the zvol minor node synchronously from open context. The async tasks of removing and renaming minors do not own the objset, so they do not have this problem. However, it may make sense to also convert these operations to happen synchronously from open context, in the future. Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> External-issue: DLPX-65948 Closes #7863 Closes #9885
2020-02-03 20:33:14 +03:00
zvol_create_minors_recursive(pool);
return (0);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
nvlist_t *
spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
{
nvlist_t *config = NULL;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
char *poolname, *cachefile;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_t *spa;
uint64_t state;
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
int error;
zpool_load_policy_t policy;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
return (NULL);
if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
return (NULL);
/*
* Create and initialize the spa structure.
*/
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
spa_activate(spa, SPA_MODE_READ);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
if (policy.zlp_txg != UINT64_MAX) {
spa->spa_load_max_txg = policy.zlp_txg;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
poolname, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
} else {
zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname);
}
if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE, &cachefile)
== 0) {
zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile);
spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
} else {
spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN;
}
error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
*/
if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
poolname) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
state) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
Add generic errata infrastructure From time to time it may be necessary to inform the pool administrator about an errata which impacts their pool. These errata will by shown to the administrator through the 'zpool status' and 'zpool import' output as appropriate. The errata must clearly describe the issue detected, how the pool is impacted, and what action should be taken to resolve the situation. Additional information for each errata will be provided at http://zfsonlinux.org/msg/ZFS-8000-ER. To accomplish the above this patch adds the required infrastructure to allow the kernel modules to notify the utilities that an errata has been detected. This is done through the ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA uint64_t which has been added to the pool configuration nvlist. To add a new errata the following changes must be made: * A new errata identifier must be assigned by adding a new enum value to the zpool_errata_t type. New enums must be added to the end to preserve the existing ordering. * Code must be added to detect the issue. This does not strictly need to be done at pool import time but doing so will make the errata visible in 'zpool import' as well as 'zpool status'. Once detected the spa->spa_errata member should be set to the new enum. * If possible code should be added to clear the spa->spa_errata member once the errata has been resolved. * The show_import() and status_callback() functions must be updated to include an informational message describing the errata. This should include an action message describing what an administrator should do to address the errata. * The documentation at http://zfsonlinux.org/msg/ZFS-8000-ER must be updated to describe the errata. This space can be used to provide as much additional information as needed to fully describe the errata. A link to this documentation will be automatically generated in the output of 'zpool import' and 'zpool status'. Original-idea-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.or Issue #2094
2014-02-21 07:57:17 +04:00
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA,
spa->spa_errata) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
* copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
* pools are bootable.
*/
2009-02-18 23:51:31 +03:00
if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* We have to play games with the name since the
* pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
*/
if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
char *cp;
char *dsname;
dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
if (cp == NULL) {
(void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
MAXPATHLEN);
} else {
(void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
"%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
}
VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
}
kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
}
/*
* Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
*/
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_add_spares(spa, config);
spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
spa_unload(spa);
spa_deactivate(spa);
spa_remove(spa);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (config);
}
/*
* Pool export/destroy
*
* The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
* is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
* update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
* configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
* we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
static int
spa_export_common(const char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
int error;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_t *spa;
if (oldconfig)
*oldconfig = NULL;
if (!(spa_mode_global & SPA_MODE_WRITE))
return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
if (spa->spa_is_exporting) {
/* the pool is being exported by another thread */
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(ZFS_ERR_EXPORT_IN_PROGRESS));
}
spa->spa_is_exporting = B_TRUE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
* reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
*/
spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_async_suspend(spa);
if (spa->spa_zvol_taskq) {
zvol_remove_minors(spa, spa_name(spa), B_TRUE);
taskq_wait(spa->spa_zvol_taskq);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_close(spa, FTAG);
if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)
goto export_spa;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
* modify its state. Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
* so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
* references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
* fault injection handlers.
*/
if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) || (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0)) {
error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
goto fail;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
/*
* A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
* This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
* from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
* be forcedly exported.
*/
if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
error = SET_ERROR(EXDEV);
goto fail;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
/*
* We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
* we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
* we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
* dirty data resulting from the initialization is
* committed to disk before we unload the pool.
*/
if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE);
vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa);
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* We want this to be reflected on every label,
* so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
* final sync that pushes these changes out.
*/
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_state = new_state;
spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
}
export_spa:
if (new_state == POOL_STATE_DESTROYED)
spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
else if (new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED)
spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
spa_unload(spa);
spa_deactivate(spa);
}
if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
if (!hardforce)
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_remove(spa);
} else {
/*
* If spa_remove() is not called for this spa_t and
* there is any possibility that it can be reused,
* we make sure to reset the exporting flag.
*/
spa->spa_is_exporting = B_FALSE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (0);
fail:
spa->spa_is_exporting = B_FALSE;
spa_async_resume(spa);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (error);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Destroy a storage pool.
*/
int
spa_destroy(const char *pool)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Export a storage pool.
*/
int
spa_export(const char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
boolean_t hardforce)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
force, hardforce));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
* from the namespace in any way.
*/
int
spa_reset(const char *pool)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* ==========================================================================
* Device manipulation
* ==========================================================================
*/
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
/*
* This is called as a synctask to increment the draid feature flag
*/
static void
spa_draid_feature_incr(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
int draid = (int)(uintptr_t)arg;
for (int c = 0; c < draid; c++)
spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID, tx);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Add a device to a storage pool.
*/
int
spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
{
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
uint64_t txg, ndraid = 0;
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
int error;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
&nspares) != 0)
nspares = 0;
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
&nl2cache) != 0)
nl2cache = 0;
if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
(error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0) {
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
}
/*
* The virtual dRAID spares must be added after vdev tree is created
* and the vdev guids are generated. The guid of their associated
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
* dRAID is stored in the config and used when opening the spare.
*/
if ((error = vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot, vd, &ndraid,
rvd->vdev_children)) == 0) {
if (ndraid > 0 && nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) != 0)
nspares = 0;
} else {
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
* children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
*/
if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
/*
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
* If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
* devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
* If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
* vdevs, we can not add raidz or dRAID top levels.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL ||
spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev != -1) {
for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL &&
OpenZFS 9290 - device removal reduces redundancy of mirrors Mirrors are supposed to provide redundancy in the face of whole-disk failure and silent damage (e.g. some data on disk is not right, but ZFS hasn't detected the whole device as being broken). However, the current device removal implementation bypasses some of the mirror's redundancy. Note that in no case is incorrect data returned, but we might get a checksum error when we should have been able to find the right data. There are two underlying problems: 1. When we remove a mirror device, we only read one side of the mirror. Since we can't verify the checksum, this side may be silently bad, but the good data is on the other side of the mirror (which we didn't read). This can cause the removal to "bake in" the busted data – all copies of the data in the new location are the same, busted version, while we left the good version behind. The fix for this is to read and copy both sides of the mirror. If the old and new vdevs are mirrors, we will read both sides of the old mirror, and write each copy to the corresponding side of the new mirror. (If the old and new vdevs have a different number of children, we will do this as best as possible.) Even though we aren't verifying checksums, this ensures that as long as there's a good copy of the data, we'll have a good copy after the removal, even if there's silent damage to one side of the mirror. If we're removing a mirror that has some silent damage, we'll have exactly the same damage in the new location (assuming that the new location is also a mirror). 2. When we read from an indirect vdev that points to a mirror vdev, we only consider one copy of the data. This can lead to reduced effective redundancy, because we might read a bad copy of the data from one side of the mirror, and not retry the other, good side of the mirror. Note that the problem is not with the removal process, but rather after the removal has completed (having copied correct data to both sides of the mirror), if one side of the new mirror is silently damaged, we encounter the problem when reading the relocated data via the indirect vdev. Also note that the problem doesn't occur when ZFS knows that one side of the mirror is bad, e.g. when a disk entirely fails or is offlined. The impact is that reads (from indirect vdevs that point to mirrors) may return a checksum error even though the good data exists on one side of the mirror, and scrub doesn't repair all data on the mirror (if some of it is pointed to via an indirect vdev). The fix for this is complicated by "split blocks" - one logical block may be split into two (or more) pieces with each piece moved to a different new location. In this case we need to read all versions of each split (one from each side of the mirror), and figure out which combination of versions results in the correct checksum, and then repair the incorrect versions. This ensures that we supply the same redundancy whether you use device removal or not. For example, if a mirror has small silent errors on all of its children, we can still reconstruct the correct data, as long as those errors are at sufficiently-separated offsets (specifically, separated by the largest block size - default of 128KB, but up to 16MB). Porting notes: * A new indirect vdev check was moved from dsl_scan_needs_resilver_cb() to dsl_scan_needs_resilver(), which was added to ZoL as part of the sequential scrub work. * Passed NULL for zfs_ereport_post_checksum()'s zbookmark_phys_t parameter. The extra parameter is unique to ZoL. * When posting indirect checksum errors the ABD can be passed directly, zfs_ereport_post_checksum() is not yet ABD-aware in OpenZFS. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9290 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/591 Closes #6900
2018-02-13 22:37:56 +03:00
tvd->vdev_ashift != spa->spa_max_ashift) {
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
}
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
/* Fail if top level vdev is raidz or a dRAID */
if (vdev_get_nparity(tvd) != 0)
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
/*
* Need the top level mirror to be
* a mirror of leaf vdevs only
*/
if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_mirror_ops) {
for (uint64_t cid = 0;
cid < tvd->vdev_children; cid++) {
vdev_t *cvd = tvd->vdev_child[cid];
if (!cvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd,
txg, EINVAL));
}
}
}
}
}
for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
tvd->vdev_id = rvd->vdev_children;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
}
if (nspares != 0) {
spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
spa_load_spares(spa);
spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
}
if (nl2cache != 0) {
spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
spa_load_l2cache(spa);
spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
}
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
/*
* We can't increment a feature while holding spa_vdev so we
* have to do it in a synctask.
*/
if (ndraid != 0) {
dmu_tx_t *tx;
tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa_draid_feature_incr,
(void *)(uintptr_t)ndraid, tx);
dmu_tx_commit(tx);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
* If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
* sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
* fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
* can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
* initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
* and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
*
* spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
* if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
* steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
*/
(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (0);
}
/*
* Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
* in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
* a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
*
* If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
* existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
* mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
* the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
* extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
* completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
* is automatically detached.
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
*
* If 'rebuild' is specified, then sequential reconstruction (a.ka. rebuild)
* should be performed instead of traditional healing reconstruction. From
* an administrators perspective these are both resilver operations.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
int
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing,
int rebuild)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
vdev_ops_t *pvops;
char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
int newvd_isspare;
int error;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
}
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
if (rebuild) {
if (!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REBUILD))
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa)))
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg,
ZFS_ERR_RESILVER_IN_PROGRESS));
} else {
if (vdev_rebuild_active(rvd))
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg,
ZFS_ERR_REBUILD_IN_PROGRESS));
}
OpenZFS 9290 - device removal reduces redundancy of mirrors Mirrors are supposed to provide redundancy in the face of whole-disk failure and silent damage (e.g. some data on disk is not right, but ZFS hasn't detected the whole device as being broken). However, the current device removal implementation bypasses some of the mirror's redundancy. Note that in no case is incorrect data returned, but we might get a checksum error when we should have been able to find the right data. There are two underlying problems: 1. When we remove a mirror device, we only read one side of the mirror. Since we can't verify the checksum, this side may be silently bad, but the good data is on the other side of the mirror (which we didn't read). This can cause the removal to "bake in" the busted data – all copies of the data in the new location are the same, busted version, while we left the good version behind. The fix for this is to read and copy both sides of the mirror. If the old and new vdevs are mirrors, we will read both sides of the old mirror, and write each copy to the corresponding side of the new mirror. (If the old and new vdevs have a different number of children, we will do this as best as possible.) Even though we aren't verifying checksums, this ensures that as long as there's a good copy of the data, we'll have a good copy after the removal, even if there's silent damage to one side of the mirror. If we're removing a mirror that has some silent damage, we'll have exactly the same damage in the new location (assuming that the new location is also a mirror). 2. When we read from an indirect vdev that points to a mirror vdev, we only consider one copy of the data. This can lead to reduced effective redundancy, because we might read a bad copy of the data from one side of the mirror, and not retry the other, good side of the mirror. Note that the problem is not with the removal process, but rather after the removal has completed (having copied correct data to both sides of the mirror), if one side of the new mirror is silently damaged, we encounter the problem when reading the relocated data via the indirect vdev. Also note that the problem doesn't occur when ZFS knows that one side of the mirror is bad, e.g. when a disk entirely fails or is offlined. The impact is that reads (from indirect vdevs that point to mirrors) may return a checksum error even though the good data exists on one side of the mirror, and scrub doesn't repair all data on the mirror (if some of it is pointed to via an indirect vdev). The fix for this is complicated by "split blocks" - one logical block may be split into two (or more) pieces with each piece moved to a different new location. In this case we need to read all versions of each split (one from each side of the mirror), and figure out which combination of versions results in the correct checksum, and then repair the incorrect versions. This ensures that we supply the same redundancy whether you use device removal or not. For example, if a mirror has small silent errors on all of its children, we can still reconstruct the correct data, as long as those errors are at sufficiently-separated offsets (specifically, separated by the largest block size - default of 128KB, but up to 16MB). Porting notes: * A new indirect vdev check was moved from dsl_scan_needs_resilver_cb() to dsl_scan_needs_resilver(), which was added to ZoL as part of the sequential scrub work. * Passed NULL for zfs_ereport_post_checksum()'s zbookmark_phys_t parameter. The extra parameter is unique to ZoL. * When posting indirect checksum errors the ABD can be passed directly, zfs_ereport_post_checksum() is not yet ABD-aware in OpenZFS. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9290 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/591 Closes #6900
2018-02-13 22:37:56 +03:00
if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL)
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (oldvd == NULL)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
/*
* Spares can't replace logs
*/
if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
/*
* A dRAID spare can only replace a child of its parent dRAID vdev.
*/
if (newvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_draid_spare_ops &&
oldvd->vdev_top != vdev_draid_spare_get_parent(newvd)) {
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
}
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
if (rebuild) {
/*
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
* For rebuilds, the top vdev must support reconstruction
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
* using only space maps. This means the only allowable
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
* vdevs types are the root vdev, a mirror, or dRAID.
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
*/
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
tvd = pvd;
if (pvd->vdev_top != NULL)
tvd = pvd->vdev_top;
if (tvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
tvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops &&
tvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_draid_ops) {
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
}
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (!replacing) {
/*
* For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
* vdev.
*/
if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
} else {
/*
* Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
* spares.
*/
if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
!spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
/*
* If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
* spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
* want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
* attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
* the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
* non-spare).
*/
if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
} else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
}
if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
else
pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
}
/*
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
* Make sure the new device is big enough.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
/*
* The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
* than the top-level vdev.
*/
if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
* to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
*/
if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
KM_SLEEP);
(void) snprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
"%s/%s", newvd->vdev_path, "old");
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
}
}
/*
* If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
* mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
*/
if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
/*
* Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
*/
vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
/*
* Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
*/
vdev_propagate_state(pvd);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
/*
* Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
* for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
* spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING,
TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_spare_activate(newvd);
spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
*/
vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
/*
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
* Schedule the resilver or rebuild to restart in the future. We do
* this to ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
* respective datasets.
*/
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
if (rebuild) {
newvd->vdev_rebuild_txg = txg;
vdev_rebuild(tvd);
} else {
newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa)) &&
spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER)) {
vdev_defer_resilver(newvd);
} else {
dsl_scan_restart_resilver(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
dtl_max_txg);
}
}
OpenZFS 5997 - FRU field not set during pool creation and never updated Authored by: Hans Rosenfeld <hans.rosenfeld@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Dan Fields <dan.fields@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Josef Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/5997 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/1437283 Porting Notes: In addition to the OpenZFS changes this patch realigns the events with those found in OpenZFS. Events which would be logged as sysevents on illumos have been been mapped to the 'sysevent' class for Linux. In addition, several subclass names have been changed to match what is used in OpenZFS. In all cases this means a '.' was changed to an '_' in the subclass. The scripts provided by ZoL have been updated, however users which provide scripts for any of the following events will need to rename them based on the new subclass names. ereport.fs.zfs.config.sync sysevent.fs.zfs.config_sync ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.destroy sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_destroy ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.reguid sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_reguid ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.remove sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_remove ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.clear sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_clear ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.check sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_check ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.spare sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_spare ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.autoexpand sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_autoexpand ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.start sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_start ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_finish ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.start sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_start ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_finish ereport.fs.zfs.bootfs.vdev.attach sysevent.fs.zfs.bootfs_vdev_attach
2016-07-28 01:29:15 +03:00
if (spa->spa_bootfs)
spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
OpenZFS 5997 - FRU field not set during pool creation and never updated Authored by: Hans Rosenfeld <hans.rosenfeld@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Dan Fields <dan.fields@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Josef Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/5997 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/1437283 Porting Notes: In addition to the OpenZFS changes this patch realigns the events with those found in OpenZFS. Events which would be logged as sysevents on illumos have been been mapped to the 'sysevent' class for Linux. In addition, several subclass names have been changed to match what is used in OpenZFS. In all cases this means a '.' was changed to an '_' in the subclass. The scripts provided by ZoL have been updated, however users which provide scripts for any of the following events will need to rename them based on the new subclass names. ereport.fs.zfs.config.sync sysevent.fs.zfs.config_sync ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.destroy sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_destroy ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.reguid sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_reguid ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.remove sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_remove ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.clear sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_clear ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.check sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_check ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.spare sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_spare ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.autoexpand sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_autoexpand ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.start sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_start ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_finish ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.start sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_start ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_finish ereport.fs.zfs.bootfs.vdev.attach sysevent.fs.zfs.bootfs_vdev_attach
2016-07-28 01:29:15 +03:00
spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
OpenZFS 5997 - FRU field not set during pool creation and never updated Authored by: Hans Rosenfeld <hans.rosenfeld@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Dan Fields <dan.fields@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Josef Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/5997 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/1437283 Porting Notes: In addition to the OpenZFS changes this patch realigns the events with those found in OpenZFS. Events which would be logged as sysevents on illumos have been been mapped to the 'sysevent' class for Linux. In addition, several subclass names have been changed to match what is used in OpenZFS. In all cases this means a '.' was changed to an '_' in the subclass. The scripts provided by ZoL have been updated, however users which provide scripts for any of the following events will need to rename them based on the new subclass names. ereport.fs.zfs.config.sync sysevent.fs.zfs.config_sync ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.destroy sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_destroy ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.reguid sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_reguid ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.remove sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_remove ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.clear sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_clear ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.check sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_check ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.spare sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_spare ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.autoexpand sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_autoexpand ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.start sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_start ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_finish ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.start sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_start ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_finish ereport.fs.zfs.bootfs.vdev.attach sysevent.fs.zfs.bootfs_vdev_attach
2016-07-28 01:29:15 +03:00
/*
* Commit the config
*/
(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
"%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
2009-08-18 22:43:27 +04:00
replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
spa_strfree(newvdpath);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (0);
}
/*
* Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
*
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
* If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
* is a replacing vdev.
*/
int
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
uint64_t txg;
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
int error;
vdev_t *rvd __maybe_unused = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
char *vdpath;
ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
txg = spa_vdev_detach_enter(spa, guid);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
/*
* Besides being called directly from the userland through the
* ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
* at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
*
* In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
* happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
* [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
* should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
*
* That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
* as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
* should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
*/
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (vd == NULL)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
/*
* If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
* Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
* vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
* is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
* the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
* M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
* the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
* ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
* the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
* parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
* that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
*/
if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
/*
* Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
*/
if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
/*
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
* If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
* we cannot safely detach it.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
* check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
* at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
*/
if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
continue;
if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
break;
}
}
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
* If we are detaching the original disk from a normal spare, then it
* implies that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed
* from the active spare list for the pool. dRAID spares on the
* other hand are coupled to the pool and thus should never be removed
* from the spares list.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && vd->vdev_id == 0) {
vdev_t *last_cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
if (last_cvd->vdev_isspare &&
last_cvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_draid_spare_ops) {
unspare = B_TRUE;
}
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
* This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
* but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
* But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
* it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
* it's being detached!
*/
error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
/*
* Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
*/
vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
vdev_compact_children(pvd);
/*
* Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
*/
cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
* do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
* We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
* change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
* reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
* otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
* the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
if (unspare) {
ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
spa_spare_remove(cvd);
unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
(void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
* the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
*/
if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
}
/*
* We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
* may have been the previous top-level vdev.
*/
tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
/*
* Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
*/
vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
/*
* If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
* try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
* just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
* add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
* first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
*/
if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
vdev_reopen(tvd);
vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
}
vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
/*
* Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
* vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
* But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
* prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
*/
vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path ? vd->vdev_path : "none");
for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
(void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
spa_event_notify(spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
spa_notify_waiters(spa);
/* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
"vdev=%s", vdpath);
spa_strfree(vdpath);
/*
* If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
* then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
* list of every other pool.
*/
if (unspare) {
spa_t *altspa = NULL;
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
altspa == spa)
continue;
spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
(void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
}
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
/* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
}
/* all done with the spa; OK to release */
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_close(spa, FTAG);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
return (error);
}
zfs initialize performance enhancements PROBLEM ======== When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does this serially across many transaction groups which can result in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel the operation. SOLUTION ========= This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few transaction groups. When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled wait for them to exit. On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped. This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed "initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in order to keep all of these checks in a single location. Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used for all other new sytle ioctls. Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Closes #8230
2018-12-19 19:20:39 +03:00
static int
spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type,
list_t *vd_list)
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
{
zfs initialize performance enhancements PROBLEM ======== When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does this serially across many transaction groups which can result in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel the operation. SOLUTION ========= This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few transaction groups. When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled wait for them to exit. On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped. This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed "initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in order to keep all of these checks in a single location. Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used for all other new sytle ioctls. Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Closes #8230
2018-12-19 19:20:39 +03:00
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
/* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) {
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV));
} else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
} else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) {
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
}
mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
/*
* When we activate an initialize action we check to see
* if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
* of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
* a previous initialization process which has completed but
* the thread is not exited.
*/
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_START &&
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
(vd->vdev_initialize_thread != NULL ||
vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) {
mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL &&
(vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE &&
vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED)) {
mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND &&
vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE) {
mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
}
switch (cmd_type) {
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
case POOL_INITIALIZE_START:
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
vdev_initialize(vd);
break;
case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL:
zfs initialize performance enhancements PROBLEM ======== When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does this serially across many transaction groups which can result in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel the operation. SOLUTION ========= This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few transaction groups. When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled wait for them to exit. On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped. This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed "initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in order to keep all of these checks in a single location. Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used for all other new sytle ioctls. Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Closes #8230
2018-12-19 19:20:39 +03:00
vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED, vd_list);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
break;
case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND:
zfs initialize performance enhancements PROBLEM ======== When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does this serially across many transaction groups which can result in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel the operation. SOLUTION ========= This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few transaction groups. When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled wait for them to exit. On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped. This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed "initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in order to keep all of these checks in a single location. Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used for all other new sytle ioctls. Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Closes #8230
2018-12-19 19:20:39 +03:00
vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED, vd_list);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
break;
default:
panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type);
}
mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
zfs initialize performance enhancements PROBLEM ======== When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does this serially across many transaction groups which can result in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel the operation. SOLUTION ========= This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few transaction groups. When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled wait for them to exit. On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped. This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed "initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in order to keep all of these checks in a single location. Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used for all other new sytle ioctls. Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Closes #8230
2018-12-19 19:20:39 +03:00
return (0);
}
int
spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nv, uint64_t cmd_type,
nvlist_t *vdev_errlist)
{
int total_errors = 0;
list_t vd_list;
list_create(&vd_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_initialize_node));
/*
* We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
* to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
* stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
* we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
* the initializing operation.
*/
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
for (nvpair_t *pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, NULL);
pair != NULL; pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, pair)) {
uint64_t vdev_guid = fnvpair_value_uint64(pair);
int error = spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa, vdev_guid, cmd_type,
&vd_list);
if (error != 0) {
char guid_as_str[MAXNAMELEN];
(void) snprintf(guid_as_str, sizeof (guid_as_str),
"%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid);
fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist, guid_as_str, error);
total_errors++;
}
}
/* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa, &vd_list);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
/* Sync out the initializing state */
txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
zfs initialize performance enhancements PROBLEM ======== When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does this serially across many transaction groups which can result in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel the operation. SOLUTION ========= This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few transaction groups. When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled wait for them to exit. On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped. This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed "initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in order to keep all of these checks in a single location. Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used for all other new sytle ioctls. Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Closes #8230
2018-12-19 19:20:39 +03:00
list_destroy(&vd_list);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
zfs initialize performance enhancements PROBLEM ======== When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does this serially across many transaction groups which can result in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel the operation. SOLUTION ========= This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few transaction groups. When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled wait for them to exit. On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped. This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed "initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in order to keep all of these checks in a single location. Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used for all other new sytle ioctls. Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Closes #8230
2018-12-19 19:20:39 +03:00
return (total_errors);
}
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
static int
spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type,
uint64_t rate, boolean_t partial, boolean_t secure, list_t *vd_list)
{
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
/* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) {
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV));
} else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
} else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) {
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
} else if (!vd->vdev_has_trim) {
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP));
} else if (secure && !vd->vdev_has_securetrim) {
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP));
}
mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
/*
* When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
* vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
* vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
* which has completed but the thread is not exited.
*/
if (cmd_type == POOL_TRIM_START &&
(vd->vdev_trim_thread != NULL || vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) {
mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
} else if (cmd_type == POOL_TRIM_CANCEL &&
(vd->vdev_trim_state != VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE &&
vd->vdev_trim_state != VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED)) {
mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
} else if (cmd_type == POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND &&
vd->vdev_trim_state != VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE) {
mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
}
switch (cmd_type) {
case POOL_TRIM_START:
vdev_trim(vd, rate, partial, secure);
break;
case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL:
vdev_trim_stop(vd, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED, vd_list);
break;
case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND:
vdev_trim_stop(vd, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED, vd_list);
break;
default:
panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type);
}
mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
return (0);
}
/*
* Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
* TRIM threads for each child vdev. These threads pass over all of the free
* space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
*/
int
spa_vdev_trim(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nv, uint64_t cmd_type, uint64_t rate,
boolean_t partial, boolean_t secure, nvlist_t *vdev_errlist)
{
int total_errors = 0;
list_t vd_list;
list_create(&vd_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_trim_node));
/*
* We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
* to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
* stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
* we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
* the TRIM operation.
*/
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
for (nvpair_t *pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, NULL);
pair != NULL; pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, pair)) {
uint64_t vdev_guid = fnvpair_value_uint64(pair);
int error = spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa, vdev_guid, cmd_type,
rate, partial, secure, &vd_list);
if (error != 0) {
char guid_as_str[MAXNAMELEN];
(void) snprintf(guid_as_str, sizeof (guid_as_str),
"%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid);
fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist, guid_as_str, error);
total_errors++;
}
}
/* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa, &vd_list);
/* Sync out the TRIM state */
txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
list_destroy(&vd_list);
return (total_errors);
}
/*
* Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
*/
int
spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
{
int error = 0;
uint64_t txg, *glist;
spa_t *newspa;
uint_t c, children, lastlog;
nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
dmu_tx_t *tx;
char *altroot = NULL;
vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL; /* vdev modify list */
boolean_t activate_slog;
ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
}
/* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
error = spa_reset_logs(spa);
txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
if (activate_slog)
spa_activate_log(spa);
if (error != 0)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
/* check new spa name before going any further */
if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
/*
* scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
*/
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
&children) != 0)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
/* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
lastlog = 0;
for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
/* don't count the holes & logs as children */
if (vd->vdev_islog || (vd->vdev_ops != &vdev_indirect_ops &&
!vdev_is_concrete(vd))) {
if (lastlog == 0)
lastlog = c;
continue;
}
lastlog = 0;
}
if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
/* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
/* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
uint64_t is_hole = 0;
(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
&is_hole);
if (is_hole != 0) {
if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
continue;
} else {
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
break;
}
}
/* deal with indirect vdevs */
if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ops ==
&vdev_indirect_ops)
continue;
/* which disk is going to be split? */
if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
&glist[c]) != 0) {
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
break;
}
/* look it up in the spa */
vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
if (vml[c] == NULL) {
error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
break;
}
/* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
!vdev_is_concrete(vml[c]) ||
vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
!vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
break;
}
if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c]) ||
vdev_resilver_needed(vml[c], NULL, NULL)) {
error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
break;
}
/* we need certain info from the top level */
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
/* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap, !=, 0);
VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP, vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap));
ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_top_zap, !=, 0);
VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP,
vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_top_zap));
}
if (error != 0) {
kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
}
/* stop writers from using the disks */
for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
if (vml[c] != NULL)
vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
}
vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
* will disappear once the config is regenerated.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
glist, children) == 0);
kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
nvl) == 0);
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
/* configure and create the new pool */
VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
spa_version(spa)) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/* add the new pool to the namespace */
newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
newspa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
/* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
if (zio_injection_enabled)
zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
spa_async_suspend(newspa);
zfs initialize performance enhancements PROBLEM ======== When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does this serially across many transaction groups which can result in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel the operation. SOLUTION ========= This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few transaction groups. When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled wait for them to exit. On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped. This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed "initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in order to keep all of these checks in a single location. Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used for all other new sytle ioctls. Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Closes #8230
2018-12-19 19:20:39 +03:00
/*
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
* Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity. We set the
* state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
* once the split has completed.
zfs initialize performance enhancements PROBLEM ======== When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does this serially across many transaction groups which can result in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel the operation. SOLUTION ========= This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few transaction groups. When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled wait for them to exit. On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped. This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed "initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in order to keep all of these checks in a single location. Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used for all other new sytle ioctls. Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Closes #8230
2018-12-19 19:20:39 +03:00
*/
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
list_t vd_initialize_list;
list_create(&vd_initialize_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
zfs initialize performance enhancements PROBLEM ======== When invoking "zpool initialize" on a pool the command will create a thread to initialize each disk. Unfortunately, it does this serially across many transaction groups which can result in commands taking a long time to return to the user and may appear hung. The same thing is true when trying to suspend/cancel the operation. SOLUTION ========= This change refactors the way we invoke the initialize interface to ensure we can start or stop the intialization in just a few transaction groups. When stopping or cancelling a vdev initialization perform it in two phases. First signal each vdev initialization thread that it should exit, then after all threads have been signaled wait for them to exit. On a pool with 40 leaf vdevs this reduces the vdev initialize stop/cancel time from ~10 minutes to under a second. The reason for this is spa_vdev_initialize() no longer needs to wait on multiple full TXGs per leaf vdev being stopped. This commit additionally adds some missing checks for the passed "initialize_vdevs" input nvlist. The contents of the user provided input "initialize_vdevs" nvlist must be validated to ensure all values are uint64s. This is done in zfs_ioc_pool_initialize() in order to keep all of these checks in a single location. Updated the innvl and outnvl comments to match the formatting used for all other new sytle ioctls. Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Closes #8230
2018-12-19 19:20:39 +03:00
offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_initialize_node));
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
list_t vd_trim_list;
list_create(&vd_trim_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_trim_node));
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
if (vml[c] != NULL && vml[c]->vdev_ops != &vdev_indirect_ops) {
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
vdev_initialize_stop(vml[c],
VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE, &vd_initialize_list);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_trim_lock);
vdev_trim_stop(vml[c], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE, &vd_trim_list);
mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_trim_lock);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
}
}
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa, &vd_initialize_list);
vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa, &vd_trim_list);
list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list);
list_destroy(&vd_trim_list);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
newspa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT;
newspa->spa_is_splitting = B_TRUE;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
/* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE);
if (error)
goto out;
/* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
B_TRUE));
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/* set the props */
if (props != NULL) {
spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
if (error)
goto out;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/* flush everything */
txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (zio_injection_enabled)
zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_async_resume(newspa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/* finally, update the original pool's config */
txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
if (error != 0)
dmu_tx_abort(tx);
for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
if (vml[c] != NULL && vml[c]->vdev_ops != &vdev_indirect_ops) {
vdev_t *tvd = vml[c]->vdev_top;
/*
* Need to be sure the detachable VDEV is not
* on any *other* txg's DTL list to prevent it
* from being accessed after it's freed.
*/
for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++) {
(void) txg_list_remove_this(
&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vml[c], t);
}
vdev_split(vml[c]);
if (error == 0)
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
"vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
vdev_free(vml[c]);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
}
spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
nvlist_free(nvl);
if (error == 0)
dmu_tx_commit(tx);
(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
if (zio_injection_enabled)
zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
/* split is complete; log a history record */
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
"from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
newspa->spa_is_splitting = B_FALSE;
kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
/* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
if (exp)
error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
return (error);
out:
spa_unload(newspa);
spa_deactivate(newspa);
spa_remove(newspa);
txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
/* re-online all offlined disks */
for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
if (vml[c] != NULL)
vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
}
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
/* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART);
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART);
spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART);
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (error);
}
/*
* Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
* currently spared, so we can detach it.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
static vdev_t *
spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
{
vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
if (oldvd != NULL)
return (oldvd);
}
/*
* Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
* vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
* the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
* the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
* remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
* user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
!vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (oldvd);
}
/*
* Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
* Also potentially update faulted state.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
if (last->vdev_unspare) {
oldvd = first;
newvd = last;
} else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
oldvd = last;
newvd = first;
} else {
oldvd = NULL;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (oldvd != NULL &&
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
!vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (oldvd);
vdev_propagate_state(vd);
/*
* If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
* and those spares are not required, then we want to
* attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
* by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
* disk+spare, we stop removing them.
*/
if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
!vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
return (newvd);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
}
return (NULL);
}
static void
spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
{
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
guid = vd->vdev_guid;
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
sguid = 0;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
* we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
* spare) as well.
*/
if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
Illumos #3956, #3957, #3958, #3959, #3960, #3961, #3962 3956 ::vdev -r should work with pipelines 3957 ztest should update the cachefile before killing itself 3958 multiple scans can lead to partial resilvering 3959 ddt entries are not always resilvered 3960 dsl_scan can skip over dedup-ed blocks if physical birth != logical birth 3961 freed gang blocks are not resilvered and can cause pool to suspend 3962 ztest should print out zfs debug buffer before exiting Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/3956 https://www.illumos.org/issues/3957 https://www.illumos.org/issues/3958 https://www.illumos.org/issues/3959 https://www.illumos.org/issues/3960 https://www.illumos.org/issues/3961 https://www.illumos.org/issues/3962 illumos/illumos-gate@b4952e17e8858d3225793b28788278de9fe6038d Ported-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Porting notes: 1. zfs_dbgmsg_print() is only used in userland. Since we do not have mdb on Linux, it does not make sense to make it available in the kernel. This means that a build failure will occur if any future kernel patch depends on it. However, that is unlikely given that this functionality was added to support zdb. 2. zfs_dbgmsg_print() is only invoked for -VVV or greater log levels. This preserves the existing behavior of minimal noise when running with -V, and -VV. 3. In vdev_config_generate() the call to nvlist_alloc() was not changed to fnvlist_alloc() because we must pass KM_PUSHPAGE in the txg_sync context.
2013-08-08 00:16:22 +04:00
ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return;
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return;
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
2009-01-16 00:59:39 +03:00
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
/*
* If a detach was not performed above replace waiters will not have
* been notified. In which case we must do so now.
*/
spa_notify_waiters(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
static int
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
boolean_t ispath)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
vdev_t *vd;
boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (ispath) {
if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
sync = B_TRUE;
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
} else {
if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
sync = B_TRUE;
} else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
sync = B_TRUE;
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
int
spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
{
return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
}
int
spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
{
return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* ==========================================================================
* SPA Scanning
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
* ==========================================================================
*/
int
spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t *spa, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd)
{
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa->spa_dsl_pool, cmd));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
int
spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
{
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
}
int
spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER))
return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
* writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
!vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return (0);
}
return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* ==========================================================================
* SPA async task processing
* ==========================================================================
*/
static void
spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
{
if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
/*
* We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
* vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
* degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
* device, all of which is a waste.
*/
vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
/* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
zfs_post_remove(spa, vd);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
}
static void
spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
{
if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
vdev_reopen(vd); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
static void
spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
{
if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
return;
for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
}
if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
return;
spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
static void
Simplify threads, mutexs, cvs and rwlocks * Simplify threads, mutexs, cvs and rwlocks * Update the zk_thread_create() function to use the same trick as Illumos. Specifically, cast the new pthread_t to a void pointer and return that as the kthread_t *. This avoids the issues associated with managing a wrapper structure and is safe as long as the callers never attempt to dereference it. * Update all function prototypes passed to pthread_create() to match the expected prototype. We were getting away this with before since the function were explicitly cast. * Replaced direct zk_thread_create() calls with thread_create() for code consistency. All consumers of libzpool now use the proper wrappers. * The mutex_held() calls were converted to MUTEX_HELD(). * Removed all mutex_owner() calls and retired the interface. Instead use MUTEX_HELD() which provides the same information and allows the implementation details to be hidden. In this case the use of the pthread_equals() function. * The kthread_t, kmutex_t, krwlock_t, and krwlock_t types had any non essential fields removed. In the case of kthread_t and kcondvar_t they could be directly typedef'd to pthread_t and pthread_cond_t respectively. * Removed all extra ASSERTS from the thread, mutex, rwlock, and cv wrapper functions. In practice, pthreads already provides the vast majority of checks as long as we check the return code. Removing this code from our wrappers help readability. * Added TS_JOINABLE state flag to pass to request a joinable rather than detached thread. This isn't a standard thread_create() state but it's the least invasive way to pass this information and is only used by ztest. TEST_ZTEST_TIMEOUT=3600 Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4547 Closes #5503 Closes #5523 Closes #6377 Closes #6495
2017-08-11 18:51:44 +03:00
spa_async_thread(void *arg)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
Simplify threads, mutexs, cvs and rwlocks * Simplify threads, mutexs, cvs and rwlocks * Update the zk_thread_create() function to use the same trick as Illumos. Specifically, cast the new pthread_t to a void pointer and return that as the kthread_t *. This avoids the issues associated with managing a wrapper structure and is safe as long as the callers never attempt to dereference it. * Update all function prototypes passed to pthread_create() to match the expected prototype. We were getting away this with before since the function were explicitly cast. * Replaced direct zk_thread_create() calls with thread_create() for code consistency. All consumers of libzpool now use the proper wrappers. * The mutex_held() calls were converted to MUTEX_HELD(). * Removed all mutex_owner() calls and retired the interface. Instead use MUTEX_HELD() which provides the same information and allows the implementation details to be hidden. In this case the use of the pthread_equals() function. * The kthread_t, kmutex_t, krwlock_t, and krwlock_t types had any non essential fields removed. In the case of kthread_t and kcondvar_t they could be directly typedef'd to pthread_t and pthread_cond_t respectively. * Removed all extra ASSERTS from the thread, mutex, rwlock, and cv wrapper functions. In practice, pthreads already provides the vast majority of checks as long as we check the return code. Removing this code from our wrappers help readability. * Added TS_JOINABLE state flag to pass to request a joinable rather than detached thread. This isn't a standard thread_create() state but it's the least invasive way to pass this information and is only used by ztest. TEST_ZTEST_TIMEOUT=3600 Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #4547 Closes #5503 Closes #5523 Closes #6377 Closes #6495
2017-08-11 18:51:44 +03:00
spa_t *spa = (spa_t *)arg;
dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
OpenZFS 8081 - Compiler warnings in zdb Fix compiler warnings in zdb. With these changes, FreeBSD can compile zdb with all compiler warnings enabled save -Wunused-parameter. usr/src/cmd/zdb/zdb.c usr/src/cmd/zdb/zdb_il.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/sa.h usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/spa.h Fix numerous warnings, including: * const-correctness * shadowing global definitions * signed vs unsigned comparisons * missing prototypes, or missing static declarations * unused variables and functions * Unreadable array initializations * Missing struct initializers usr/src/cmd/zdb/zdb.h Add a header file to declare common symbols usr/src/lib/libzpool/common/sys/zfs_context.h usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/arc.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/dbuf.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/txg.c Add a function prototype for zk_thread_create, and ensure that every callback supplied to this function actually matches the prototype. usr/src/cmd/ztest/ztest.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/zil.h usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/zfs_replay.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/zvol.c Add a function prototype for zil_replay_func_t, and ensure that every function of this type actually matches the prototype. usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/refcount.h Change FTAG so it discards any constness of __func__, necessary since existing APIs expect it passed as void *. Porting Notes: - Many of these fixes have already been applied to Linux. For consistency the OpenZFS version of a change was applied if the warning was addressed in an equivalent but different fashion. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Authored by: Alan Somers <asomers@gmail.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8081 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/843abe1b8a Closes #6787
2017-10-27 22:46:35 +03:00
int tasks;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
spa->spa_async_tasks = 0;
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
/*
* See if the config needs to be updated.
*/
if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
uint64_t old_space, new_space;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
Set aside a metaslab for ZIL blocks Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems: 1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively impacts performance. 2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size. This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance impact. 3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of 128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(), which has an enormous performance impact. These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device ("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the normal devices. This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg, spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the above-mentioned performance problems. Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds: 1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class) 2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class) 3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class) The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between 0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop" space that is not available for user data. On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity, and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random 8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3 above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be arbitrarily large (>100x). Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #11389
2021-01-22 02:12:54 +03:00
old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(
spa_embedded_log_class(spa));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
Set aside a metaslab for ZIL blocks Mixing ZIL and normal allocations has several problems: 1. The ZIL allocations are allocated, written to disk, and then a few seconds later freed. This leaves behind holes (free segments) where the ZIL blocks used to be, which increases fragmentation, which negatively impacts performance. 2. When under moderate load, ZIL allocations are of 128KB. If the pool is fairly fragmented, there may not be many free chunks of that size. This causes ZFS to load more metaslabs to locate free segments of 128KB or more. The loading happens synchronously (from zil_commit()), and can take around a second even if the metaslab's spacemap is cached in the ARC. All concurrent synchronous operations on this filesystem must wait while the metaslab is loading. This can cause a significant performance impact. 3. If the pool is very fragmented, there may be zero free chunks of 128KB or more. In this case, the ZIL falls back to txg_wait_synced(), which has an enormous performance impact. These problems can be eliminated by using a dedicated log device ("slog"), even one with the same performance characteristics as the normal devices. This change sets aside one metaslab from each top-level vdev that is preferentially used for ZIL allocations (vdev_log_mg, spa_embedded_log_class). From an allocation perspective, this is similar to having a dedicated log device, and it eliminates the above-mentioned performance problems. Log (ZIL) blocks can be allocated from the following locations. Each one is tried in order until the allocation succeeds: 1. dedicated log vdevs, aka "slog" (spa_log_class) 2. embedded slog metaslabs (spa_embedded_log_class) 3. other metaslabs in normal vdevs (spa_normal_class) The space required for the embedded slog metaslabs is usually between 0.5% and 1.0% of the pool, and comes out of the existing 3.2% of "slop" space that is not available for user data. On an all-ssd system with 4TB storage, 87% fragmentation, 60% capacity, and recordsize=8k, testing shows a ~50% performance increase on random 8k sync writes. On even more fragmented systems (which hit problem #3 above and call txg_wait_synced()), the performance improvement can be arbitrarily large (>100x). Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mark.maybee@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Closes #11389
2021-01-22 02:12:54 +03:00
new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(
spa_embedded_log_class(spa));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
/*
* If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
* then log an internal history event.
*/
if (new_space != old_space) {
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
2009-08-18 22:43:27 +04:00
"pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
spa_name(spa), (u_longlong_t)new_space,
(u_longlong_t)(new_space - old_space));
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
*/
if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
OpenZFS 8081 - Compiler warnings in zdb Fix compiler warnings in zdb. With these changes, FreeBSD can compile zdb with all compiler warnings enabled save -Wunused-parameter. usr/src/cmd/zdb/zdb.c usr/src/cmd/zdb/zdb_il.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/sa.h usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/spa.h Fix numerous warnings, including: * const-correctness * shadowing global definitions * signed vs unsigned comparisons * missing prototypes, or missing static declarations * unused variables and functions * Unreadable array initializations * Missing struct initializers usr/src/cmd/zdb/zdb.h Add a header file to declare common symbols usr/src/lib/libzpool/common/sys/zfs_context.h usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/arc.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/dbuf.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/txg.c Add a function prototype for zk_thread_create, and ensure that every callback supplied to this function actually matches the prototype. usr/src/cmd/ztest/ztest.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/zil.h usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/zfs_replay.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/zvol.c Add a function prototype for zil_replay_func_t, and ensure that every function of this type actually matches the prototype. usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/refcount.h Change FTAG so it discards any constness of __func__, necessary since existing APIs expect it passed as void *. Porting Notes: - Many of these fixes have already been applied to Linux. For consistency the OpenZFS version of a change was applied if the warning was addressed in an equivalent but different fashion. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Authored by: Alan Somers <asomers@gmail.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8081 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/843abe1b8a Closes #6787
2017-10-27 22:46:35 +03:00
for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
OpenZFS 8081 - Compiler warnings in zdb Fix compiler warnings in zdb. With these changes, FreeBSD can compile zdb with all compiler warnings enabled save -Wunused-parameter. usr/src/cmd/zdb/zdb.c usr/src/cmd/zdb/zdb_il.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/sa.h usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/spa.h Fix numerous warnings, including: * const-correctness * shadowing global definitions * signed vs unsigned comparisons * missing prototypes, or missing static declarations * unused variables and functions * Unreadable array initializations * Missing struct initializers usr/src/cmd/zdb/zdb.h Add a header file to declare common symbols usr/src/lib/libzpool/common/sys/zfs_context.h usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/arc.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/dbuf.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/txg.c Add a function prototype for zk_thread_create, and ensure that every callback supplied to this function actually matches the prototype. usr/src/cmd/ztest/ztest.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/zil.h usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/zfs_replay.c usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/zvol.c Add a function prototype for zil_replay_func_t, and ensure that every function of this type actually matches the prototype. usr/src/uts/common/fs/zfs/sys/refcount.h Change FTAG so it discards any constness of __func__, necessary since existing APIs expect it passed as void *. Porting Notes: - Many of these fixes have already been applied to Linux. For consistency the OpenZFS version of a change was applied if the warning was addressed in an equivalent but different fashion. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Authored by: Alan Somers <asomers@gmail.com> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8081 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/843abe1b8a Closes #6787
2017-10-27 22:46:35 +03:00
for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* See if any devices need to be probed.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
Distributed Spare (dRAID) Feature This patch adds a new top-level vdev type called dRAID, which stands for Distributed parity RAID. This pool configuration allows all dRAID vdevs to participate when rebuilding to a distributed hot spare device. This can substantially reduce the total time required to restore full parity to pool with a failed device. A dRAID pool can be created using the new top-level `draid` type. Like `raidz`, the desired redundancy is specified after the type: `draid[1,2,3]`. No additional information is required to create the pool and reasonable default values will be chosen based on the number of child vdevs in the dRAID vdev. zpool create <pool> draid[1,2,3] <vdevs...> Unlike raidz, additional optional dRAID configuration values can be provided as part of the draid type as colon separated values. This allows administrators to fully specify a layout for either performance or capacity reasons. The supported options include: zpool create <pool> \ draid[<parity>][:<data>d][:<children>c][:<spares>s] \ <vdevs...> - draid[parity] - Parity level (default 1) - draid[:<data>d] - Data devices per group (default 8) - draid[:<children>c] - Expected number of child vdevs - draid[:<spares>s] - Distributed hot spares (default 0) Abbreviated example `zpool status` output for a 68 disk dRAID pool with two distributed spares using special allocation classes. ``` pool: tank state: ONLINE config: NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM slag7 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2:8d:68c:2s-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L0 ONLINE 0 0 0 L1 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U25 ONLINE 0 0 0 U26 ONLINE 0 0 0 spare-53 ONLINE 0 0 0 U27 ONLINE 0 0 0 draid2-0-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 U28 ONLINE 0 0 0 U29 ONLINE 0 0 0 ... U42 ONLINE 0 0 0 U43 ONLINE 0 0 0 special mirror-1 ONLINE 0 0 0 L5 ONLINE 0 0 0 U5 ONLINE 0 0 0 mirror-2 ONLINE 0 0 0 L6 ONLINE 0 0 0 U6 ONLINE 0 0 0 spares draid2-0-0 INUSE currently in use draid2-0-1 AVAIL ``` When adding test coverage for the new dRAID vdev type the following options were added to the ztest command. These options are leverages by zloop.sh to test a wide range of dRAID configurations. -K draid|raidz|random - kind of RAID to test -D <value> - dRAID data drives per group -S <value> - dRAID distributed hot spares -R <value> - RAID parity (raidz or dRAID) The zpool_create, zpool_import, redundancy, replacement and fault test groups have all been updated provide test coverage for the dRAID feature. Co-authored-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Co-authored-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10102
2020-11-14 00:51:51 +03:00
if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE ||
tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REBUILD_DONE) {
spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Kick off a resilver.
*/
if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER &&
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
!vdev_rebuild_active(spa->spa_root_vdev) &&
(!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp) ||
!spa_feature_is_enabled(dp->dp_spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER)))
dsl_scan_restart_resilver(dp, 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART) {
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
}
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART) {
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
vdev_trim_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
}
if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART) {
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
vdev_autotrim_restart(spa);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
}
Trim L2ARC The l2arc_evict() function is responsible for evicting buffers which reference the next bytes of the L2ARC device to be overwritten. Teach this function to additionally TRIM that vdev space before it is overwritten if the device has been filled with data. This is done by vdev_trim_simple() which trims by issuing a new type of TRIM, TRIM_TYPE_SIMPLE. We also implement a "Trim Ahead" feature. It is a zfs module parameter, expressed in % of the current write size. This trims ahead of the current write size. A minimum of 64MB will be trimmed. The default is 0 which disables TRIM on L2ARC as it can put significant stress to underlying storage devices. To enable TRIM on L2ARC we set l2arc_trim_ahead > 0. We also implement TRIM of the whole cache device upon addition to a pool, pool creation or when the header of the device is invalid upon importing a pool or onlining a cache device. This is dependent on l2arc_trim_ahead > 0. TRIM of the whole device is done with TRIM_TYPE_MANUAL so that its status can be monitored by zpool status -t. We save the TRIM state for the whole device and the time of completion on-disk in the header, and restore these upon L2ARC rebuild so that zpool status -t can correctly report them. Whole device TRIM is done asynchronously so that the user can export of the pool or remove the cache device while it is trimming (ie if it is too slow). We do not TRIM the whole device if persistent L2ARC has been disabled by l2arc_rebuild_enabled = 0 because we may not want to lose all cached buffers (eg we may want to import the pool with l2arc_rebuild_enabled = 0 only once because of memory pressure). If persistent L2ARC has been disabled by setting the module parameter l2arc_rebuild_blocks_min_l2size to a value greater than the size of the cache device then the whole device is trimmed upon creation or import of a pool if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Adam D. Moss <c@yotes.com> Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com> Closes #9713 Closes #9789 Closes #10224
2020-06-09 20:15:08 +03:00
/*
* Kick off L2 cache whole device TRIM.
*/
if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM) {
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
vdev_trim_l2arc(spa);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
}
/*
* Kick off L2 cache rebuilding.
*/
if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD) {
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_L2ARC, FTAG, RW_READER);
l2arc_spa_rebuild_start(spa);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_L2ARC, FTAG);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Let the world know that we're done.
*/
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
thread_exit();
}
void
spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
{
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
spa->spa_async_suspended++;
OpenZFS 9079 - race condition in starting and ending condensing thread for indirect vdevs The timeline of the race condition is the following: [1] Thread A is about to finish condesing the first vdev in spa_condense_indirect_thread(), so it calls the spa_condense_indirect_complete_sync() sync task which sets the spa_condensing_indirect field to NULL. Waiting for the sync task to finish, thread A sleeps until the txg is done. When this happens, thread A will acquire spa_async_lock and set spa_condense_thread to NULL. [2] While thread A waits for the txg to finish, thread B which is running spa_sync() checks whether it should condense the second vdev in vdev_indirect_should_condense() by checking the spa_condensing_indirect field which was set to NULL by spa_condense_indirect_thread() from thread A. So it goes on and tries to spawn a new condensing thread in spa_condense_indirect_start_sync() and the aforementioned assertions fails because thread A has not set spa_condense_thread to NULL (which is basically the last thing it does before returning). The main issue here is that we rely on both spa_condensing_indirect and spa_condense_thread to signify whether a condensing thread is running. Ideally we would only use one throughout the codebase. In addition, for managing spa_condense_thread we currently use spa_async_lock which basically tights condensing to scrubing when it comes to pausing and resuming those actions during spa export. This commit introduces the ZTHR infrastructure, which is basically threads created during spa_load()/spa_create() and exist until we export or destroy the pool. ZTHRs sleep the majority of the time, until they are notified to wake up and do some predefined type of work. In the context of the current bug, a zthr to does the condensing of indirect mappings replacing the older code that used bare kthreads. When a pool is created, the condensing zthr is spawned but sleeps right away, until it is awaken by a signal from spa_sync(). If an existing pool is loaded, the condensing zthr looks if there is anything to condense before going to sleep, in case we were condensing mappings in the pool before it got exported. The benefits of this solution are the following: - The current bug is fixed - spa_condensing_indirect is the sole indicator of whether we are currently condensing or not - condensing is more decoupled from the spa_async_thread related functionality. As a final note, this commit also sets up the path on upstreaming other features that use the ZTHR code like zpool checkpoint and fast clone deletion. Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9079 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3dc606ee Closes #6900
2017-03-16 02:41:52 +03:00
while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa);
OpenZFS 9079 - race condition in starting and ending condensing thread for indirect vdevs The timeline of the race condition is the following: [1] Thread A is about to finish condesing the first vdev in spa_condense_indirect_thread(), so it calls the spa_condense_indirect_complete_sync() sync task which sets the spa_condensing_indirect field to NULL. Waiting for the sync task to finish, thread A sleeps until the txg is done. When this happens, thread A will acquire spa_async_lock and set spa_condense_thread to NULL. [2] While thread A waits for the txg to finish, thread B which is running spa_sync() checks whether it should condense the second vdev in vdev_indirect_should_condense() by checking the spa_condensing_indirect field which was set to NULL by spa_condense_indirect_thread() from thread A. So it goes on and tries to spawn a new condensing thread in spa_condense_indirect_start_sync() and the aforementioned assertions fails because thread A has not set spa_condense_thread to NULL (which is basically the last thing it does before returning). The main issue here is that we rely on both spa_condensing_indirect and spa_condense_thread to signify whether a condensing thread is running. Ideally we would only use one throughout the codebase. In addition, for managing spa_condense_thread we currently use spa_async_lock which basically tights condensing to scrubing when it comes to pausing and resuming those actions during spa export. This commit introduces the ZTHR infrastructure, which is basically threads created during spa_load()/spa_create() and exist until we export or destroy the pool. ZTHRs sleep the majority of the time, until they are notified to wake up and do some predefined type of work. In the context of the current bug, a zthr to does the condensing of indirect mappings replacing the older code that used bare kthreads. When a pool is created, the condensing zthr is spawned but sleeps right away, until it is awaken by a signal from spa_sync(). If an existing pool is loaded, the condensing zthr looks if there is anything to condense before going to sleep, in case we were condensing mappings in the pool before it got exported. The benefits of this solution are the following: - The current bug is fixed - spa_condensing_indirect is the sole indicator of whether we are currently condensing or not - condensing is more decoupled from the spa_async_thread related functionality. As a final note, this commit also sets up the path on upstreaming other features that use the ZTHR code like zpool checkpoint and fast clone deletion. Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9079 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3dc606ee Closes #6900
2017-03-16 02:41:52 +03:00
zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
if (condense_thread != NULL)
zthr_cancel(condense_thread);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
if (discard_thread != NULL)
zthr_cancel(discard_thread);
zthr_t *ll_delete_thread = spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr;
if (ll_delete_thread != NULL)
zthr_cancel(ll_delete_thread);
zthr_t *ll_condense_thread = spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr;
if (ll_condense_thread != NULL)
zthr_cancel(ll_condense_thread);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
void
spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
{
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
spa->spa_async_suspended--;
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
spa_restart_removal(spa);
OpenZFS 9079 - race condition in starting and ending condensing thread for indirect vdevs The timeline of the race condition is the following: [1] Thread A is about to finish condesing the first vdev in spa_condense_indirect_thread(), so it calls the spa_condense_indirect_complete_sync() sync task which sets the spa_condensing_indirect field to NULL. Waiting for the sync task to finish, thread A sleeps until the txg is done. When this happens, thread A will acquire spa_async_lock and set spa_condense_thread to NULL. [2] While thread A waits for the txg to finish, thread B which is running spa_sync() checks whether it should condense the second vdev in vdev_indirect_should_condense() by checking the spa_condensing_indirect field which was set to NULL by spa_condense_indirect_thread() from thread A. So it goes on and tries to spawn a new condensing thread in spa_condense_indirect_start_sync() and the aforementioned assertions fails because thread A has not set spa_condense_thread to NULL (which is basically the last thing it does before returning). The main issue here is that we rely on both spa_condensing_indirect and spa_condense_thread to signify whether a condensing thread is running. Ideally we would only use one throughout the codebase. In addition, for managing spa_condense_thread we currently use spa_async_lock which basically tights condensing to scrubing when it comes to pausing and resuming those actions during spa export. This commit introduces the ZTHR infrastructure, which is basically threads created during spa_load()/spa_create() and exist until we export or destroy the pool. ZTHRs sleep the majority of the time, until they are notified to wake up and do some predefined type of work. In the context of the current bug, a zthr to does the condensing of indirect mappings replacing the older code that used bare kthreads. When a pool is created, the condensing zthr is spawned but sleeps right away, until it is awaken by a signal from spa_sync(). If an existing pool is loaded, the condensing zthr looks if there is anything to condense before going to sleep, in case we were condensing mappings in the pool before it got exported. The benefits of this solution are the following: - The current bug is fixed - spa_condensing_indirect is the sole indicator of whether we are currently condensing or not - condensing is more decoupled from the spa_async_thread related functionality. As a final note, this commit also sets up the path on upstreaming other features that use the ZTHR code like zpool checkpoint and fast clone deletion. Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9079 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3dc606ee Closes #6900
2017-03-16 02:41:52 +03:00
zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
if (condense_thread != NULL)
OpenZFS 9079 - race condition in starting and ending condensing thread for indirect vdevs The timeline of the race condition is the following: [1] Thread A is about to finish condesing the first vdev in spa_condense_indirect_thread(), so it calls the spa_condense_indirect_complete_sync() sync task which sets the spa_condensing_indirect field to NULL. Waiting for the sync task to finish, thread A sleeps until the txg is done. When this happens, thread A will acquire spa_async_lock and set spa_condense_thread to NULL. [2] While thread A waits for the txg to finish, thread B which is running spa_sync() checks whether it should condense the second vdev in vdev_indirect_should_condense() by checking the spa_condensing_indirect field which was set to NULL by spa_condense_indirect_thread() from thread A. So it goes on and tries to spawn a new condensing thread in spa_condense_indirect_start_sync() and the aforementioned assertions fails because thread A has not set spa_condense_thread to NULL (which is basically the last thing it does before returning). The main issue here is that we rely on both spa_condensing_indirect and spa_condense_thread to signify whether a condensing thread is running. Ideally we would only use one throughout the codebase. In addition, for managing spa_condense_thread we currently use spa_async_lock which basically tights condensing to scrubing when it comes to pausing and resuming those actions during spa export. This commit introduces the ZTHR infrastructure, which is basically threads created during spa_load()/spa_create() and exist until we export or destroy the pool. ZTHRs sleep the majority of the time, until they are notified to wake up and do some predefined type of work. In the context of the current bug, a zthr to does the condensing of indirect mappings replacing the older code that used bare kthreads. When a pool is created, the condensing zthr is spawned but sleeps right away, until it is awaken by a signal from spa_sync(). If an existing pool is loaded, the condensing zthr looks if there is anything to condense before going to sleep, in case we were condensing mappings in the pool before it got exported. The benefits of this solution are the following: - The current bug is fixed - spa_condensing_indirect is the sole indicator of whether we are currently condensing or not - condensing is more decoupled from the spa_async_thread related functionality. As a final note, this commit also sets up the path on upstreaming other features that use the ZTHR code like zpool checkpoint and fast clone deletion. Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9079 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3dc606ee Closes #6900
2017-03-16 02:41:52 +03:00
zthr_resume(condense_thread);
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
if (discard_thread != NULL)
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
zthr_resume(discard_thread);
zthr_t *ll_delete_thread = spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr;
if (ll_delete_thread != NULL)
zthr_resume(ll_delete_thread);
zthr_t *ll_condense_thread = spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr;
if (ll_condense_thread != NULL)
zthr_resume(ll_condense_thread);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
static boolean_t
spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
{
uint_t non_config_tasks;
uint_t config_task;
boolean_t config_task_suspended;
non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
} else {
config_task_suspended =
(gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
((hrtime_t)zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
}
return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
static void
spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
{
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
!spa->spa_async_suspended &&
spa->spa_async_thread == NULL)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
}
void
spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
{
zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
}
int
spa_async_tasks(spa_t *spa)
{
return (spa->spa_async_tasks);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* ==========================================================================
* SPA syncing routines
* ==========================================================================
*/
static int
bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, boolean_t bp_freed,
dmu_tx_t *tx)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, bp_freed, tx);
return (0);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
int
bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg, bp, B_FALSE, tx));
}
int
bpobj_enqueue_free_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg, bp, B_TRUE, tx));
}
static int
spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
zio_t *pio = arg;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(pio, pio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
pio->io_flags));
return (0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
static int
bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, boolean_t bp_freed,
dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
ASSERT(!bp_freed);
return (spa_free_sync_cb(arg, bp, tx));
}
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
/*
* Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
* amount of time spent syncing frees.
*/
static void
spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
}
/*
* Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
* amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
*/
static void
spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
if (spa_sync_pass(spa) != 1)
return;
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
/*
* Note:
* If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
* frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
* would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
* not have any entries.
*
* That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
* immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
* activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
* deferred frees from the previous TXG.
*/
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
static void
spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
char *packed = NULL;
size_t bufsize;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
size_t nvsize = 0;
dmu_buf_t *db;
VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
/*
* Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
* information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
* saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
*/
bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
packed = vmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
KM_SLEEP) == 0);
bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vmem_free(packed, bufsize);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
*(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
}
static void
spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
const char *config, const char *entry)
{
nvlist_t *nvroot;
nvlist_t **list;
int i;
if (!sav->sav_sync)
return;
/*
* Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
* spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
* valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
*/
if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
&sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
}
VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
} else {
list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
sav->sav_count) == 0);
for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
nvlist_free(list[i]);
kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
}
spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
nvlist_free(nvroot);
sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
}
/*
* Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
* The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
*/
static void
spa_avz_build(vdev_t *vd, uint64_t avz, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
vd->vdev_top_zap, tx));
}
if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
vd->vdev_leaf_zap, tx));
}
for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
spa_avz_build(vd->vdev_child[i], avz, tx);
}
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
static void
spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
nvlist_t *config;
/*
* If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
* its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
* Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
* need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
*/
if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list) &&
spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
return;
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
ASSERT(spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE ||
spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE ||
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps != 0);
if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD) {
/* Make and build the new AVZ */
uint64_t new_avz = zap_create(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_OT_NONE, 0, tx);
spa_avz_build(spa->spa_root_vdev, new_avz, tx);
/* Diff old AVZ with new one */
zap_cursor_t zc;
zap_attribute_t za;
for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
uint64_t vdzap = za.za_first_integer;
if (zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, new_avz,
vdzap) == ENOENT) {
/*
* ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
* destroy it
*/
VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, vdzap,
tx));
}
}
zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
/* Destroy the old AVZ */
VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
/* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
VERIFY0(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
sizeof (new_avz), 1, &new_avz, tx));
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = new_avz;
} else if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY) {
zap_cursor_t zc;
zap_attribute_t za;
/* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
uint64_t zap = za.za_first_integer;
VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, zap, tx));
}
zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
/* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx));
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = 0;
}
if (spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps == 0) {
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = zap_create_link(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx);
}
spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_NONE;
/* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
vdev_construct_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev, tx);
config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
/*
* If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
* the config object gets updated with the correct version.
*/
if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
}
static void
spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
uint64_t *versionp = arg;
uint64_t version = *versionp;
spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
/*
* Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
*/
ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld",
(longlong_t)version);
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Set zpool properties.
*/
static void
spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
uint64_t intval;
char *strval, *fname;
zpool_prop_t prop;
const char *propname;
zprop_type_t proptype;
spa_feature_t fid;
switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
/*
* We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
*/
ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
"%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
break;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
Illumos #4101, #4102, #4103, #4105, #4106 4101 metaslab_debug should allow for fine-grained control 4102 space_maps should store more information about themselves 4103 space map object blocksize should be increased 4105 removing a mirrored log device results in a leaked object 4106 asynchronously load metaslab Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Prior to this patch, space_maps were preferred solely based on the amount of free space left in each. Unfortunately, this heuristic didn't contain any information about the make-up of that free space, which meant we could keep preferring and loading a highly fragmented space map that wouldn't actually have enough contiguous space to satisfy the allocation; then unloading that space_map and repeating the process. This change modifies the space_map's to store additional information about the contiguous space in the space_map, so that we can use this information to make a better decision about which space_map to load. This requires reallocating all space_map objects to increase their bonus buffer size sizes enough to fit the new metadata. The above feature can be enabled via a new feature flag introduced by this change: com.delphix:spacemap_histogram In addition to the above, this patch allows the space_map block size to be increase. Currently the block size is set to be 4K in size, which has certain implications including the following: * 4K sector devices will not see any compression benefit * large space_maps require more metadata on-disk * large space_maps require more time to load (typically random reads) Now the space_map block size can adjust as needed up to the maximum size set via the space_map_max_blksz variable. A bug was fixed which resulted in potentially leaking an object when removing a mirrored log device. The previous logic for vdev_remove() did not deal with removing top-level vdevs that are interior vdevs (i.e. mirror) correctly. The problem would occur when removing a mirrored log device, and result in the DTL space map object being leaked; because top-level vdevs don't have DTL space map objects associated with them. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4101 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4102 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4103 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4105 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4106 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23 Porting notes: A handful of kmem_alloc() calls were converted to kmem_zalloc(). Also, the KM_PUSHPAGE and TQ_PUSHPAGE flags were used as necessary. Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2488
2013-10-02 01:25:53 +04:00
intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* The version is synced separately before other
* properties and should be correct by now.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
break;
case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
/*
* 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
* have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
*/
ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
break;
case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
/*
* 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persistent
* properties.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
break;
case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
Illumos #4101, #4102, #4103, #4105, #4106 4101 metaslab_debug should allow for fine-grained control 4102 space_maps should store more information about themselves 4103 space map object blocksize should be increased 4105 removing a mirrored log device results in a leaked object 4106 asynchronously load metaslab Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Prior to this patch, space_maps were preferred solely based on the amount of free space left in each. Unfortunately, this heuristic didn't contain any information about the make-up of that free space, which meant we could keep preferring and loading a highly fragmented space map that wouldn't actually have enough contiguous space to satisfy the allocation; then unloading that space_map and repeating the process. This change modifies the space_map's to store additional information about the contiguous space in the space_map, so that we can use this information to make a better decision about which space_map to load. This requires reallocating all space_map objects to increase their bonus buffer size sizes enough to fit the new metadata. The above feature can be enabled via a new feature flag introduced by this change: com.delphix:spacemap_histogram In addition to the above, this patch allows the space_map block size to be increase. Currently the block size is set to be 4K in size, which has certain implications including the following: * 4K sector devices will not see any compression benefit * large space_maps require more metadata on-disk * large space_maps require more time to load (typically random reads) Now the space_map block size can adjust as needed up to the maximum size set via the space_map_max_blksz variable. A bug was fixed which resulted in potentially leaking an object when removing a mirrored log device. The previous logic for vdev_remove() did not deal with removing top-level vdevs that are interior vdevs (i.e. mirror) correctly. The problem would occur when removing a mirrored log device, and result in the DTL space map object being leaked; because top-level vdevs don't have DTL space map objects associated with them. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4101 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4102 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4103 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4105 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4106 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23 Porting notes: A handful of kmem_alloc() calls were converted to kmem_zalloc(). Also, the KM_PUSHPAGE and TQ_PUSHPAGE flags were used as necessary. Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2488
2013-10-02 01:25:53 +04:00
strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
/*
* We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
* so that their labels get updated. It's unnecessary
* to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
* configuration has already been dirtied.
*/
if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
"%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
break;
Add "compatibility" property for zpool feature sets Property to allow sets of features to be specified; for compatibility with specific versions / releases / external systems. Influences the behavior of 'zpool upgrade' and 'zpool create'. Initial man page changes and test cases included. Brief synopsis: zpool create -o compatibility=off|legacy|file[,file...] pool vdev... compatibility = off : disable compatibility mode (enable all features) compatibility = legacy : request that no features be enabled compatibility = file[,file...] : read features from specified files. Only features present in *all* files will be enabled on the resulting pool. Filenames may be absolute, or relative to /etc/zfs/compatibility.d or /usr/share/zfs/compatibility.d (/etc checked first). Only affects zpool create, zpool upgrade and zpool status. ABI changes in libzfs: * New function "zpool_load_compat" to load and parse compat sets. * Add "zpool_compat_status_t" typedef for compatibility parse status. * Add ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY to the pool properties enum * Add ZPOOL_STATUS_COMPATIBILITY_ERR to the pool status enum An initial set of base compatibility sets are included in cmd/zpool/compatibility.d, and the Makefile for cmd/zpool is modified to install these in $pkgdatadir/compatibility.d and to create symbolic links to a reasonable set of aliases. Reviewed-by: ericloewe Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org> Closes #11468
2021-02-18 08:30:45 +03:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY:
strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
if (spa->spa_compatibility != NULL)
spa_strfree(spa->spa_compatibility);
spa->spa_compatibility = spa_strdup(strval);
/*
* Dirty the configuration on vdevs as above.
*/
if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
"%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
break;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
default:
/*
* Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
*/
if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
spa->spa_pool_props_object =
zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
tx);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/* normalize the property name */
propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
Illumos #4101, #4102, #4103, #4105, #4106 4101 metaslab_debug should allow for fine-grained control 4102 space_maps should store more information about themselves 4103 space map object blocksize should be increased 4105 removing a mirrored log device results in a leaked object 4106 asynchronously load metaslab Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Prior to this patch, space_maps were preferred solely based on the amount of free space left in each. Unfortunately, this heuristic didn't contain any information about the make-up of that free space, which meant we could keep preferring and loading a highly fragmented space map that wouldn't actually have enough contiguous space to satisfy the allocation; then unloading that space_map and repeating the process. This change modifies the space_map's to store additional information about the contiguous space in the space_map, so that we can use this information to make a better decision about which space_map to load. This requires reallocating all space_map objects to increase their bonus buffer size sizes enough to fit the new metadata. The above feature can be enabled via a new feature flag introduced by this change: com.delphix:spacemap_histogram In addition to the above, this patch allows the space_map block size to be increase. Currently the block size is set to be 4K in size, which has certain implications including the following: * 4K sector devices will not see any compression benefit * large space_maps require more metadata on-disk * large space_maps require more time to load (typically random reads) Now the space_map block size can adjust as needed up to the maximum size set via the space_map_max_blksz variable. A bug was fixed which resulted in potentially leaking an object when removing a mirrored log device. The previous logic for vdev_remove() did not deal with removing top-level vdevs that are interior vdevs (i.e. mirror) correctly. The problem would occur when removing a mirrored log device, and result in the DTL space map object being leaked; because top-level vdevs don't have DTL space map objects associated with them. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4101 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4102 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4103 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4105 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4106 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23 Porting notes: A handful of kmem_alloc() calls were converted to kmem_zalloc(). Also, the KM_PUSHPAGE and TQ_PUSHPAGE flags were used as necessary. Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2488
2013-10-02 01:25:53 +04:00
strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
Illumos #4101, #4102, #4103, #4105, #4106 4101 metaslab_debug should allow for fine-grained control 4102 space_maps should store more information about themselves 4103 space map object blocksize should be increased 4105 removing a mirrored log device results in a leaked object 4106 asynchronously load metaslab Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Prior to this patch, space_maps were preferred solely based on the amount of free space left in each. Unfortunately, this heuristic didn't contain any information about the make-up of that free space, which meant we could keep preferring and loading a highly fragmented space map that wouldn't actually have enough contiguous space to satisfy the allocation; then unloading that space_map and repeating the process. This change modifies the space_map's to store additional information about the contiguous space in the space_map, so that we can use this information to make a better decision about which space_map to load. This requires reallocating all space_map objects to increase their bonus buffer size sizes enough to fit the new metadata. The above feature can be enabled via a new feature flag introduced by this change: com.delphix:spacemap_histogram In addition to the above, this patch allows the space_map block size to be increase. Currently the block size is set to be 4K in size, which has certain implications including the following: * 4K sector devices will not see any compression benefit * large space_maps require more metadata on-disk * large space_maps require more time to load (typically random reads) Now the space_map block size can adjust as needed up to the maximum size set via the space_map_max_blksz variable. A bug was fixed which resulted in potentially leaking an object when removing a mirrored log device. The previous logic for vdev_remove() did not deal with removing top-level vdevs that are interior vdevs (i.e. mirror) correctly. The problem would occur when removing a mirrored log device, and result in the DTL space map object being leaked; because top-level vdevs don't have DTL space map objects associated with them. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4101 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4102 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4103 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4105 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4106 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23 Porting notes: A handful of kmem_alloc() calls were converted to kmem_zalloc(). Also, the KM_PUSHPAGE and TQ_PUSHPAGE flags were used as necessary. Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2488
2013-10-02 01:25:53 +04:00
1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
"%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
} else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
Illumos #4101, #4102, #4103, #4105, #4106 4101 metaslab_debug should allow for fine-grained control 4102 space_maps should store more information about themselves 4103 space map object blocksize should be increased 4105 removing a mirrored log device results in a leaked object 4106 asynchronously load metaslab Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Prior to this patch, space_maps were preferred solely based on the amount of free space left in each. Unfortunately, this heuristic didn't contain any information about the make-up of that free space, which meant we could keep preferring and loading a highly fragmented space map that wouldn't actually have enough contiguous space to satisfy the allocation; then unloading that space_map and repeating the process. This change modifies the space_map's to store additional information about the contiguous space in the space_map, so that we can use this information to make a better decision about which space_map to load. This requires reallocating all space_map objects to increase their bonus buffer size sizes enough to fit the new metadata. The above feature can be enabled via a new feature flag introduced by this change: com.delphix:spacemap_histogram In addition to the above, this patch allows the space_map block size to be increase. Currently the block size is set to be 4K in size, which has certain implications including the following: * 4K sector devices will not see any compression benefit * large space_maps require more metadata on-disk * large space_maps require more time to load (typically random reads) Now the space_map block size can adjust as needed up to the maximum size set via the space_map_max_blksz variable. A bug was fixed which resulted in potentially leaking an object when removing a mirrored log device. The previous logic for vdev_remove() did not deal with removing top-level vdevs that are interior vdevs (i.e. mirror) correctly. The problem would occur when removing a mirrored log device, and result in the DTL space map object being leaked; because top-level vdevs don't have DTL space map objects associated with them. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4101 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4102 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4103 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4105 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4106 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23 Porting notes: A handful of kmem_alloc() calls were converted to kmem_zalloc(). Also, the KM_PUSHPAGE and TQ_PUSHPAGE flags were used as necessary. Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2488
2013-10-02 01:25:53 +04:00
intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
const char *unused;
Illumos #4101, #4102, #4103, #4105, #4106 4101 metaslab_debug should allow for fine-grained control 4102 space_maps should store more information about themselves 4103 space map object blocksize should be increased 4105 removing a mirrored log device results in a leaked object 4106 asynchronously load metaslab Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Prior to this patch, space_maps were preferred solely based on the amount of free space left in each. Unfortunately, this heuristic didn't contain any information about the make-up of that free space, which meant we could keep preferring and loading a highly fragmented space map that wouldn't actually have enough contiguous space to satisfy the allocation; then unloading that space_map and repeating the process. This change modifies the space_map's to store additional information about the contiguous space in the space_map, so that we can use this information to make a better decision about which space_map to load. This requires reallocating all space_map objects to increase their bonus buffer size sizes enough to fit the new metadata. The above feature can be enabled via a new feature flag introduced by this change: com.delphix:spacemap_histogram In addition to the above, this patch allows the space_map block size to be increase. Currently the block size is set to be 4K in size, which has certain implications including the following: * 4K sector devices will not see any compression benefit * large space_maps require more metadata on-disk * large space_maps require more time to load (typically random reads) Now the space_map block size can adjust as needed up to the maximum size set via the space_map_max_blksz variable. A bug was fixed which resulted in potentially leaking an object when removing a mirrored log device. The previous logic for vdev_remove() did not deal with removing top-level vdevs that are interior vdevs (i.e. mirror) correctly. The problem would occur when removing a mirrored log device, and result in the DTL space map object being leaked; because top-level vdevs don't have DTL space map objects associated with them. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4101 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4102 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4103 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4105 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4106 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23 Porting notes: A handful of kmem_alloc() calls were converted to kmem_zalloc(). Also, the KM_PUSHPAGE and TQ_PUSHPAGE flags were used as necessary. Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2488
2013-10-02 01:25:53 +04:00
VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
prop, intval, &unused));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
Illumos #4101, #4102, #4103, #4105, #4106 4101 metaslab_debug should allow for fine-grained control 4102 space_maps should store more information about themselves 4103 space map object blocksize should be increased 4105 removing a mirrored log device results in a leaked object 4106 asynchronously load metaslab Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Prior to this patch, space_maps were preferred solely based on the amount of free space left in each. Unfortunately, this heuristic didn't contain any information about the make-up of that free space, which meant we could keep preferring and loading a highly fragmented space map that wouldn't actually have enough contiguous space to satisfy the allocation; then unloading that space_map and repeating the process. This change modifies the space_map's to store additional information about the contiguous space in the space_map, so that we can use this information to make a better decision about which space_map to load. This requires reallocating all space_map objects to increase their bonus buffer size sizes enough to fit the new metadata. The above feature can be enabled via a new feature flag introduced by this change: com.delphix:spacemap_histogram In addition to the above, this patch allows the space_map block size to be increase. Currently the block size is set to be 4K in size, which has certain implications including the following: * 4K sector devices will not see any compression benefit * large space_maps require more metadata on-disk * large space_maps require more time to load (typically random reads) Now the space_map block size can adjust as needed up to the maximum size set via the space_map_max_blksz variable. A bug was fixed which resulted in potentially leaking an object when removing a mirrored log device. The previous logic for vdev_remove() did not deal with removing top-level vdevs that are interior vdevs (i.e. mirror) correctly. The problem would occur when removing a mirrored log device, and result in the DTL space map object being leaked; because top-level vdevs don't have DTL space map objects associated with them. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4101 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4102 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4103 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4105 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4106 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23 Porting notes: A handful of kmem_alloc() calls were converted to kmem_zalloc(). Also, the KM_PUSHPAGE and TQ_PUSHPAGE flags were used as necessary. Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2488
2013-10-02 01:25:53 +04:00
VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
Illumos #4101, #4102, #4103, #4105, #4106 4101 metaslab_debug should allow for fine-grained control 4102 space_maps should store more information about themselves 4103 space map object blocksize should be increased 4105 removing a mirrored log device results in a leaked object 4106 asynchronously load metaslab Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <seb@delphix.com> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Prior to this patch, space_maps were preferred solely based on the amount of free space left in each. Unfortunately, this heuristic didn't contain any information about the make-up of that free space, which meant we could keep preferring and loading a highly fragmented space map that wouldn't actually have enough contiguous space to satisfy the allocation; then unloading that space_map and repeating the process. This change modifies the space_map's to store additional information about the contiguous space in the space_map, so that we can use this information to make a better decision about which space_map to load. This requires reallocating all space_map objects to increase their bonus buffer size sizes enough to fit the new metadata. The above feature can be enabled via a new feature flag introduced by this change: com.delphix:spacemap_histogram In addition to the above, this patch allows the space_map block size to be increase. Currently the block size is set to be 4K in size, which has certain implications including the following: * 4K sector devices will not see any compression benefit * large space_maps require more metadata on-disk * large space_maps require more time to load (typically random reads) Now the space_map block size can adjust as needed up to the maximum size set via the space_map_max_blksz variable. A bug was fixed which resulted in potentially leaking an object when removing a mirrored log device. The previous logic for vdev_remove() did not deal with removing top-level vdevs that are interior vdevs (i.e. mirror) correctly. The problem would occur when removing a mirrored log device, and result in the DTL space map object being leaked; because top-level vdevs don't have DTL space map objects associated with them. References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4101 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4102 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4103 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4105 https://www.illumos.org/issues/4106 https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/0713e23 Porting notes: A handful of kmem_alloc() calls were converted to kmem_zalloc(). Also, the KM_PUSHPAGE and TQ_PUSHPAGE flags were used as necessary. Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Prakash Surya <surya1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #2488
2013-10-02 01:25:53 +04:00
8, 1, &intval, tx));
Illumos #2882, #2883, #2900 2882 implement libzfs_core 2883 changing "canmount" property to "on" should not always remount dataset 2900 "zfs snapshot" should be able to create multiple, arbitrary snapshots at once Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Reviewed by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kruchinin <dan.kruchinin@gmail.com> Approved by: Eric Schrock <Eric.Schrock@delphix.com> References: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2882 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2883 https://www.illumos.org/issues/2900 illumos/illumos-gate@4445fffbbb1ea25fd0e9ea68b9380dd7a6709025 Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1293 Porting notes: WARNING: This patch changes the user/kernel ABI. That means that the zfs/zpool utilities built from master are NOT compatible with the 0.6.2 kernel modules. Ensure you load the matching kernel modules from master after updating the utilities. Otherwise the zfs/zpool commands will be unable to interact with your pool and you will see errors similar to the following: $ zpool list failed to read pool configuration: bad address no pools available $ zfs list no datasets available Add zvol minor device creation to the new zfs_snapshot_nvl function. Remove the logging of the "release" operation in dsl_dataset_user_release_sync(). The logging caused a null dereference because ds->ds_dir is zeroed in dsl_dataset_destroy_sync() and the logging functions try to get the ds name via the dsl_dataset_name() function. I've got no idea why this particular code would have worked in Illumos. This code has subsequently been completely reworked in Illumos commit 3b2aab1 (3464 zfs synctask code needs restructuring). Squash some "may be used uninitialized" warning/erorrs. Fix some printf format warnings for %lld and %llu. Apply a few spa_writeable() changes that were made to Illumos in illumos/illumos-gate.git@cd1c8b8 as part of the 3112, 3113, 3114 and 3115 fixes. Add a missing call to fnvlist_free(nvl) in log_internal() that was added in Illumos to fix issue 3085 but couldn't be ported to ZoL at the time (zfsonlinux/zfs@9e11c73) because it depended on future work.
2013-08-28 15:45:09 +04:00
spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
"%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem),
(longlong_t)intval);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
} else {
ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
}
switch (prop) {
case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
spa->spa_delegation = intval;
break;
case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
break;
case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
spa->spa_failmode = intval;
break;
Add TRIM support UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can often more efficiently manage itself. This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize` feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate() code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per- vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for a consistent user experience. The core difference is that instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands for those extents. The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs. This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline, one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size limit since they contain no data. In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim' property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs. Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual `zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM. Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net> Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #8419 Closes #598
2019-03-29 19:13:20 +03:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM:
spa->spa_autotrim = intval;
spa_async_request(spa,
SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART);
break;
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
spa_async_request(spa,
SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
break;
Multi-modifier protection (MMP) Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported. These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated timestamp. Property defaults to off. During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp) repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport. These results are reported to user in "zpool import". Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially. Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated output below. $ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost 31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111 txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path 20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda 20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc 20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx 20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy 20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd 20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab 20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde 20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt 20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds 20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that no MMP statistics are stored. When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this. Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by Giuseppe Di Natale. Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov> Closes #745 Closes #6279
2017-07-08 06:20:35 +03:00
case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST:
spa->spa_multihost = intval;
break;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
default:
break;
}
}
}
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/*
* Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
* reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
* txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
* Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
* tasks.
*/
static void
spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
if (spa_sync_pass(spa) != 1)
return;
dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
/* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
spa->spa_minref += 3;
}
if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
}
if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
/* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
spa->spa_minref += 3;
}
if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
}
/*
* LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
* when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
* Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
* this feature active
*/
if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
}
OpenZFS 4185 - add new cryptographic checksums to ZFS: SHA-512, Skein, Edon-R Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4185 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/45818ee Porting Notes: This code is ported on top of the Illumos Crypto Framework code: https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/4329/commits/b5e030c8dbb9cd393d313571dee4756fbba8c22d The list of porting changes includes: - Copied module/icp/include/sha2/sha2.h directly from illumos - Removed from module/icp/algs/sha2/sha2.c: #pragma inline(SHA256Init, SHA384Init, SHA512Init) - Added 'ctx' to lib/libzfs/libzfs_sendrecv.c:zio_checksum_SHA256() since it now takes in an extra parameter. - Added CTASSERT() to assert.h from for module/zfs/edonr_zfs.c - Added skein & edonr to libicp/Makefile.am - Added sha512.S. It was generated from sha512-x86_64.pl in Illumos. - Updated ztest.c with new fletcher_4_*() args; used NULL for new CTX argument. - In icp/algs/edonr/edonr_byteorder.h, Removed the #if defined(__linux) section to not #include the non-existant endian.h. - In skein_test.c, renane NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Fixup test files: - Rename <sys/varargs.h> -> <varargs.h>, <strings.h> -> <string.h>, - Remove <note.h> and define NOTE() as NOP. - Define u_longlong_t - Rename "#!/usr/bin/ksh" -> "#!/bin/ksh -p" - Rename NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a compiler warning. - Remove "for isa in $($ISAINFO); do" stuff - Add/update Makefiles - Add some userspace headers like stdio.h/stdlib.h in places of sys/types.h. - EXPORT_SYMBOL *_Init/*_Update/*_Final... routines in ICP modules. - Update scripts/zfs2zol-patch.sed - include <sys/sha2.h> in sha2_impl.h - Add sha2.h to include/sys/Makefile.am - Add skein and edonr dirs to icp Makefile - Add new checksums to zpool_get.cfg - Move checksum switch block from zfs_secpolicy_setprop() to zfs_check_settable() - Fix -Wuninitialized error in edonr_byteorder.h on PPC - Fix stack frame size errors on ARM32 - Don't unroll loops in Skein on 32-bit to save stack space - Add memory barriers in sha2.c on 32-bit to save stack space - Add filetest_001_pos.ksh checksum sanity test - Add option to write psudorandom data in file_write utility
2016-06-16 01:47:05 +03:00
/*
* If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
* feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
* the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
*/
if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
}
rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
}
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
static void
vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t *vd)
{
vdev_indirect_mapping_t *vim __maybe_unused = vd->vdev_indirect_mapping;
vdev_indirect_births_t *vib __maybe_unused = vd->vdev_indirect_births;
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops) {
ASSERT(vim != NULL);
ASSERT(vib != NULL);
}
uint64_t obsolete_sm_object = 0;
ASSERT0(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd, &obsolete_sm_object));
if (obsolete_sm_object != 0) {
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm != NULL);
ASSERT(vd->vdev_removing ||
vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops);
ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim) > 0);
ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim) > 0);
ASSERT3U(obsolete_sm_object, ==,
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
space_map_object(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim), >=,
space_map_allocated(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
}
ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments != NULL);
/*
* Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
* happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
* tree must be empty when we start syncing.
*/
ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
* async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
* not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
*/
static void
spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t *spa)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible. In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices. The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth). The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth) are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7 Closes #5258 Porting Notes: - Maintained minimal stack in zio_done - Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress - Added module params and documentation - Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
2016-10-14 03:59:18 +03:00
uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active *
zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100;
metaslab_class_t *normal = spa_normal_class(spa);
metaslab_class_t *special = spa_special_class(spa);
metaslab_class_t *dedup = spa_dedup_class(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 9112 - Improve allocation performance on high-end systems Overview ======== We parallelize the allocation process by creating the concept of "allocators". There are a certain number of allocators per metaslab group, defined by the value of a tunable at pool open time. Each allocator for a given metaslab group has up to 2 active metaslabs; one "primary", and one "secondary". The primary and secondary weight mean the same thing they did in in the pre-allocator world; primary metaslabs are used for most allocations, secondary metaslabs are used for ditto blocks being allocated in the same metaslab group. There is also the CLAIM weight, which has been separated out from the other weights, but that is less important to understanding the patch. The active metaslabs for each allocator are moved from their normal place in the metaslab tree for the group to the back of the tree. This way, they will not be selected for use by other allocators searching for new metaslabs unless all the passive metaslabs are unsuitable for allocations. If that does happen, the allocators will "steal" from each other to ensure that IOs don't fail until there is truly no space left to perform allocations. In addition, the alloc queue for each metaslab group has been broken into a separate queue for each allocator. We don't want to dramatically increase the number of inflight IOs on low-end systems, because it can significantly increase txg times. On the other hand, we want to ensure that there are enough IOs for each allocator to allow for good coalescing before sending the IOs to the disk. As a result, we take a compromise path; each allocator's alloc queue max depth starts at a certain value for every txg. Every time an IO completes, we increase the max depth. This should hopefully provide a good balance between the two failure modes, while not dramatically increasing complexity. We also parallelize the spa_alloc_tree and spa_alloc_lock, which cause very similar contention when selecting IOs to allocate. This parallelization uses the same allocator scheme as metaslab selection. Performance Results =================== Performance improvements from this change can vary significantly based on the number of CPUs in the system, whether or not the system has a NUMA architecture, the speed of the drives, the values for the various tunables, and the workload being performed. For an fio async sequential write workload on a 24 core NUMA system with 256 GB of RAM and 8 128 GB SSDs, there is a roughly 25% performance improvement. Future Work =========== Analysis of the performance of the system with this patch applied shows that a significant new bottleneck is the vdev disk queues, which also need to be parallelized. Prototyping of this change has occurred, and there was a performance improvement, but more work needs to be done before its stability has been verified and it is ready to be upstreamed. Authored by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com> Ported-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Porting Notes: * Fix reservation test failures by increasing tolerance. OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9112 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3f3cc3c3 Closes #7682
2018-02-12 23:56:06 +03:00
uint64_t slots_per_allocator = 0;
for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible. In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices. The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth). The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth) are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7 Closes #5258 Porting Notes: - Maintained minimal stack in zio_done - Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress - Added module params and documentation - Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
2016-10-14 03:59:18 +03:00
vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
if (mg == NULL || !metaslab_group_initialized(mg))
continue;
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible. In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices. The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth). The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth) are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7 Closes #5258 Porting Notes: - Maintained minimal stack in zio_done - Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress - Added module params and documentation - Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
2016-10-14 03:59:18 +03:00
metaslab_class_t *mc = mg->mg_class;
if (mc != normal && mc != special && mc != dedup)
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible. In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices. The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth). The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth) are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7 Closes #5258 Porting Notes: - Maintained minimal stack in zio_done - Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress - Added module params and documentation - Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
2016-10-14 03:59:18 +03:00
continue;
/*
* It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
* allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
* allocations all happen from spa_sync().
*/
for (int i = 0; i < mg->mg_allocators; i++) {
ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
&(mg->mg_allocator[i].mga_alloc_queue_depth)));
}
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible. In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices. The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth). The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth) are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7 Closes #5258 Porting Notes: - Maintained minimal stack in zio_done - Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress - Added module params and documentation - Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
2016-10-14 03:59:18 +03:00
mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth;
OpenZFS 9112 - Improve allocation performance on high-end systems Overview ======== We parallelize the allocation process by creating the concept of "allocators". There are a certain number of allocators per metaslab group, defined by the value of a tunable at pool open time. Each allocator for a given metaslab group has up to 2 active metaslabs; one "primary", and one "secondary". The primary and secondary weight mean the same thing they did in in the pre-allocator world; primary metaslabs are used for most allocations, secondary metaslabs are used for ditto blocks being allocated in the same metaslab group. There is also the CLAIM weight, which has been separated out from the other weights, but that is less important to understanding the patch. The active metaslabs for each allocator are moved from their normal place in the metaslab tree for the group to the back of the tree. This way, they will not be selected for use by other allocators searching for new metaslabs unless all the passive metaslabs are unsuitable for allocations. If that does happen, the allocators will "steal" from each other to ensure that IOs don't fail until there is truly no space left to perform allocations. In addition, the alloc queue for each metaslab group has been broken into a separate queue for each allocator. We don't want to dramatically increase the number of inflight IOs on low-end systems, because it can significantly increase txg times. On the other hand, we want to ensure that there are enough IOs for each allocator to allow for good coalescing before sending the IOs to the disk. As a result, we take a compromise path; each allocator's alloc queue max depth starts at a certain value for every txg. Every time an IO completes, we increase the max depth. This should hopefully provide a good balance between the two failure modes, while not dramatically increasing complexity. We also parallelize the spa_alloc_tree and spa_alloc_lock, which cause very similar contention when selecting IOs to allocate. This parallelization uses the same allocator scheme as metaslab selection. Performance Results =================== Performance improvements from this change can vary significantly based on the number of CPUs in the system, whether or not the system has a NUMA architecture, the speed of the drives, the values for the various tunables, and the workload being performed. For an fio async sequential write workload on a 24 core NUMA system with 256 GB of RAM and 8 128 GB SSDs, there is a roughly 25% performance improvement. Future Work =========== Analysis of the performance of the system with this patch applied shows that a significant new bottleneck is the vdev disk queues, which also need to be parallelized. Prototyping of this change has occurred, and there was a performance improvement, but more work needs to be done before its stability has been verified and it is ready to be upstreamed. Authored by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com> Ported-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Porting Notes: * Fix reservation test failures by increasing tolerance. OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9112 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3f3cc3c3 Closes #7682
2018-02-12 23:56:06 +03:00
for (int i = 0; i < mg->mg_allocators; i++) {
mg->mg_allocator[i].mga_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth =
OpenZFS 9112 - Improve allocation performance on high-end systems Overview ======== We parallelize the allocation process by creating the concept of "allocators". There are a certain number of allocators per metaslab group, defined by the value of a tunable at pool open time. Each allocator for a given metaslab group has up to 2 active metaslabs; one "primary", and one "secondary". The primary and secondary weight mean the same thing they did in in the pre-allocator world; primary metaslabs are used for most allocations, secondary metaslabs are used for ditto blocks being allocated in the same metaslab group. There is also the CLAIM weight, which has been separated out from the other weights, but that is less important to understanding the patch. The active metaslabs for each allocator are moved from their normal place in the metaslab tree for the group to the back of the tree. This way, they will not be selected for use by other allocators searching for new metaslabs unless all the passive metaslabs are unsuitable for allocations. If that does happen, the allocators will "steal" from each other to ensure that IOs don't fail until there is truly no space left to perform allocations. In addition, the alloc queue for each metaslab group has been broken into a separate queue for each allocator. We don't want to dramatically increase the number of inflight IOs on low-end systems, because it can significantly increase txg times. On the other hand, we want to ensure that there are enough IOs for each allocator to allow for good coalescing before sending the IOs to the disk. As a result, we take a compromise path; each allocator's alloc queue max depth starts at a certain value for every txg. Every time an IO completes, we increase the max depth. This should hopefully provide a good balance between the two failure modes, while not dramatically increasing complexity. We also parallelize the spa_alloc_tree and spa_alloc_lock, which cause very similar contention when selecting IOs to allocate. This parallelization uses the same allocator scheme as metaslab selection. Performance Results =================== Performance improvements from this change can vary significantly based on the number of CPUs in the system, whether or not the system has a NUMA architecture, the speed of the drives, the values for the various tunables, and the workload being performed. For an fio async sequential write workload on a 24 core NUMA system with 256 GB of RAM and 8 128 GB SSDs, there is a roughly 25% performance improvement. Future Work =========== Analysis of the performance of the system with this patch applied shows that a significant new bottleneck is the vdev disk queues, which also need to be parallelized. Prototyping of this change has occurred, and there was a performance improvement, but more work needs to be done before its stability has been verified and it is ready to be upstreamed. Authored by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com> Ported-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Porting Notes: * Fix reservation test failures by increasing tolerance. OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9112 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3f3cc3c3 Closes #7682
2018-02-12 23:56:06 +03:00
zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
}
slots_per_allocator += zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible. In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices. The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth). The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth) are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7 Closes #5258 Porting Notes: - Maintained minimal stack in zio_done - Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress - Added module params and documentation - Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
2016-10-14 03:59:18 +03:00
}
OpenZFS 9112 - Improve allocation performance on high-end systems Overview ======== We parallelize the allocation process by creating the concept of "allocators". There are a certain number of allocators per metaslab group, defined by the value of a tunable at pool open time. Each allocator for a given metaslab group has up to 2 active metaslabs; one "primary", and one "secondary". The primary and secondary weight mean the same thing they did in in the pre-allocator world; primary metaslabs are used for most allocations, secondary metaslabs are used for ditto blocks being allocated in the same metaslab group. There is also the CLAIM weight, which has been separated out from the other weights, but that is less important to understanding the patch. The active metaslabs for each allocator are moved from their normal place in the metaslab tree for the group to the back of the tree. This way, they will not be selected for use by other allocators searching for new metaslabs unless all the passive metaslabs are unsuitable for allocations. If that does happen, the allocators will "steal" from each other to ensure that IOs don't fail until there is truly no space left to perform allocations. In addition, the alloc queue for each metaslab group has been broken into a separate queue for each allocator. We don't want to dramatically increase the number of inflight IOs on low-end systems, because it can significantly increase txg times. On the other hand, we want to ensure that there are enough IOs for each allocator to allow for good coalescing before sending the IOs to the disk. As a result, we take a compromise path; each allocator's alloc queue max depth starts at a certain value for every txg. Every time an IO completes, we increase the max depth. This should hopefully provide a good balance between the two failure modes, while not dramatically increasing complexity. We also parallelize the spa_alloc_tree and spa_alloc_lock, which cause very similar contention when selecting IOs to allocate. This parallelization uses the same allocator scheme as metaslab selection. Performance Results =================== Performance improvements from this change can vary significantly based on the number of CPUs in the system, whether or not the system has a NUMA architecture, the speed of the drives, the values for the various tunables, and the workload being performed. For an fio async sequential write workload on a 24 core NUMA system with 256 GB of RAM and 8 128 GB SSDs, there is a roughly 25% performance improvement. Future Work =========== Analysis of the performance of the system with this patch applied shows that a significant new bottleneck is the vdev disk queues, which also need to be parallelized. Prototyping of this change has occurred, and there was a performance improvement, but more work needs to be done before its stability has been verified and it is ready to be upstreamed. Authored by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com> Ported-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Porting Notes: * Fix reservation test failures by increasing tolerance. OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9112 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3f3cc3c3 Closes #7682
2018-02-12 23:56:06 +03:00
for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal->mc_allocator[i].
mca_alloc_slots));
ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special->mc_allocator[i].
mca_alloc_slots));
ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup->mc_allocator[i].
mca_alloc_slots));
normal->mc_allocator[i].mca_alloc_max_slots =
slots_per_allocator;
special->mc_allocator[i].mca_alloc_max_slots =
slots_per_allocator;
dedup->mc_allocator[i].mca_alloc_max_slots =
slots_per_allocator;
}
normal->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
special->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
dedup->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
}
static void
spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible. In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices. The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth). The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth) are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7 Closes #5258 Porting Notes: - Maintained minimal stack in zio_done - Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress - Added module params and documentation - Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
2016-10-14 03:59:18 +03:00
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd);
if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd)) {
spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd, tx);
break;
}
}
}
static void
spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
do {
int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free ||
spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP)) {
/*
* If the log space map feature is active we don't
* care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
* as the log space map should effectively have the
* same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
*/
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
} else {
/*
* We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
* we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
*/
ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb,
Illumos #4045 write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 4045 zfs write throttle & i/o scheduler performance work 1. The ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) now divides i/os into 5 classes: sync read, sync write, async read, async write, and scrub/resilver. The scheduler issues a number of concurrent i/os from each class to the device. Once a class has been selected, an i/o is selected from this class using either an elevator algorithem (async, scrub classes) or FIFO (sync classes). The number of concurrent async write i/os is tuned dynamically based on i/o load, to achieve good sync i/o latency when there is not a high load of writes, and good write throughput when there is. See the block comment in vdev_queue.c (reproduced below) for more details. 2. The write throttle (dsl_pool_tempreserve_space() and txg_constrain_throughput()) is rewritten to produce much more consistent delays when under constant load. The new write throttle is based on the amount of dirty data, rather than guesses about future performance of the system. When there is a lot of dirty data, each transaction (e.g. write() syscall) will be delayed by the same small amount. This eliminates the "brick wall of wait" that the old write throttle could hit, causing all transactions to wait several seconds until the next txg opens. One of the keys to the new write throttle is decrementing the amount of dirty data as i/o completes, rather than at the end of spa_sync(). Note that the write throttle is only applied once the i/o scheduler is issuing the maximum number of outstanding async writes. See the block comments in dsl_pool.c and above dmu_tx_delay() (reproduced below) for more details. This diff has several other effects, including: * the commonly-tuned global variable zfs_vdev_max_pending has been removed; use per-class zfs_vdev_*_max_active values or zfs_vdev_max_active instead. * the size of each txg (meaning the amount of dirty data written, and thus the time it takes to write out) is now controlled differently. There is no longer an explicit time goal; the primary determinant is amount of dirty data. Systems that are under light or medium load will now often see that a txg is always syncing, but the impact to performance (e.g. read latency) is minimal. Tune zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_sync to control this. * zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75 -- Only use 75% of all CPUs for compression, checksum, etc. This improves latency by not allowing these CPU-intensive tasks to consume all CPU (on machines with at least 4 CPU's; the percentage is rounded up). --matt APPENDIX: problems with the current i/o scheduler The current ZFS i/o scheduler (vdev_queue.c) is deadline based. The problem with this is that if there are always i/os pending, then certain classes of i/os can see very long delays. For example, if there are always synchronous reads outstanding, then no async writes will be serviced until they become "past due". One symptom of this situation is that each pass of the txg sync takes at least several seconds (typically 3 seconds). If many i/os become "past due" (their deadline is in the past), then we must service all of these overdue i/os before any new i/os. This happens when we enqueue a batch of async writes for the txg sync, with deadlines 2.5 seconds in the future. If we can't complete all the i/os in 2.5 seconds (e.g. because there were always reads pending), then these i/os will become past due. Now we must service all the "async" writes (which could be hundreds of megabytes) before we service any reads, introducing considerable latency to synchronous i/os (reads or ZIL writes). Notes on porting to ZFS on Linux: - zio_t gained new members io_physdone and io_phys_children. Because object caches in the Linux port call the constructor only once at allocation time, objects may contain residual data when retrieved from the cache. Therefore zio_create() was updated to zero out the two new fields. - vdev_mirror_pending() relied on the depth of the per-vdev pending queue (vq->vq_pending_tree) to select the least-busy leaf vdev to read from. This tree has been replaced by vq->vq_active_tree which is now used for the same purpose. - vdev_queue_init() used the value of zfs_vdev_max_pending to determine the number of vdev I/O buffers to pre-allocate. That global no longer exists, so we instead use the sum of the *_max_active values for each of the five I/O classes described above. - The Illumos implementation of dmu_tx_delay() delays a transaction by sleeping in condition variable embedded in the thread (curthread->t_delay_cv). We do not have an equivalent CV to use in Linux, so this change replaced the delay logic with a wrapper called zfs_sleep_until(). This wrapper could be adopted upstream and in other downstream ports to abstract away operating system-specific delay logic. - These tunables are added as module parameters, and descriptions added to the zfs-module-parameters.5 man page. spa_asize_inflation zfs_deadman_synctime_ms zfs_vdev_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_active_min_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_write_active_max_dirty_percent zfs_vdev_async_read_max_active zfs_vdev_async_read_min_active zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active zfs_vdev_scrub_max_active zfs_vdev_scrub_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_read_min_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_max_active zfs_vdev_sync_write_min_active zfs_dirty_data_max_percent zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent zfs_dirty_data_max zfs_dirty_data_max_max zfs_dirty_data_sync zfs_delay_scale The latter four have type unsigned long, whereas they are uint64_t in Illumos. This accommodates Linux's module_param() supported types, but means they may overflow on 32-bit architectures. The values zfs_dirty_data_max and zfs_dirty_data_max_max are the most likely to overflow on 32-bit systems, since they express physical RAM sizes in bytes. In fact, Illumos initializes zfs_dirty_data_max_max to 2^32 which does overflow. To resolve that, this port instead initializes it in arc_init() to 25% of physical RAM, and adds the tunable zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent to override that percentage. While this solution doesn't completely avoid the overflow issue, it should be a reasonable default for most systems, and the minority of affected systems can work around the issue by overriding the defaults. - Fixed reversed logic in comment above zfs_delay_scale declaration. - Clarified comments in vdev_queue.c regarding when per-queue minimums take effect. - Replaced dmu_tx_write_limit in the dmu_tx kstat file with dmu_tx_dirty_delay and dmu_tx_dirty_over_max. The first counts how many times a transaction has been delayed because the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_delay_min_dirty_percent. The latter counts how many times the pool dirty data has exceeded zfs_dirty_data_max (which we expect to never happen). - The original patch would have regressed the bug fixed in zfsonlinux/zfs@c418410, which prevented users from setting the zfs_vdev_aggregation_limit tuning larger than SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. A similar fix is added to vdev_queue_aggregate(). - In vdev_queue_io_to_issue(), dynamically allocate 'zio_t search' on the heap instead of the stack. In Linux we can't afford such large structures on the stack. Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Adam Leventhal <ahl@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Reviewed by: Brendan Gregg <brendan.gregg@joyent.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> References: http://www.illumos.org/issues/4045 illumos/illumos-gate@69962b5647e4a8b9b14998733b765925381b727e Ported-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #1913
2013-08-29 07:01:20 +04:00
&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
ddt_sync(spa, txg);
dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
svr_sync(spa, tx);
spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
spa_flush_metaslabs(spa, tx);
vdev_t *vd = NULL;
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
!= NULL)
vdev_sync(vd, txg);
/*
* Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
* have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
* (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
* to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
* have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
* most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
* don't want to rely on that here).
*/
if (pass == 1 &&
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
!dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
/*
* Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
* TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
* that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
*/
ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_early_sync_tasks, txg));
break;
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
} while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
* commit the transaction group.
*
* If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
* top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
* (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
* vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
*/
static void
spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
{
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
for (;;) {
int error = 0;
/*
* We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
* while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
*/
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
int svdcount = 0;
int children = rvd->vdev_children;
int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
vdev_t *vd =
rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
break;
if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 ||
vd->vdev_islog ||
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
!vdev_is_concrete(vd))
continue;
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
svd[svdcount++] = vd;
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
break;
}
error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg);
} else {
error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
rvd->vdev_children, txg);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
if (error == 0)
spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
if (error == 0)
break;
zio_suspend(spa, NULL, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR);
zio_resume_wait(spa);
}
}
/*
* Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
* part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
*/
void
spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
{
vdev_t *vd = NULL;
VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
/*
* Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
* before this txg syncs.
*/
(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK]);
spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
/*
* Lock out configuration changes.
*/
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i]));
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
}
/*
* If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
* into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
*/
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
/*
* We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
* calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
* This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
* eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
* into the root vdev tree.
*/
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
vdev_state_clean(vd);
vdev_config_dirty(vd);
}
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
}
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
dmu_tx_t *tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq, spa->spa_deadman_tqid);
spa->spa_deadman_tqid = taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq,
spa_deadman, spa, TQ_SLEEP, ddi_get_lbolt() +
NSEC_TO_TICK(spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
/*
* If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
* set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
*/
if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
break;
}
if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
}
}
spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa);
spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa, tx);
spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa, tx);
#ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
if (!list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
/*
* Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
* the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
* called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
* outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
* spa_sync_config_object.
*/
uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count;
ASSERT0(zap_count(spa->spa_meta_objset,
spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count));
ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev), ==,
all_vdev_zap_entry_count);
}
#endif
if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
ASSERT0(spa->spa_vdev_removal->svr_bytes_done[txg & TXG_MASK]);
}
spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa, tx);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
dmu_tx_commit(tx);
taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq, spa->spa_deadman_tqid);
spa->spa_deadman_tqid = 0;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Clear the dirty config list.
*/
while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_config_clean(vd);
/*
* Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
* let it become visible to the config cache.
*/
if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
}
dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
OpenZFS 9112 - Improve allocation performance on high-end systems Overview ======== We parallelize the allocation process by creating the concept of "allocators". There are a certain number of allocators per metaslab group, defined by the value of a tunable at pool open time. Each allocator for a given metaslab group has up to 2 active metaslabs; one "primary", and one "secondary". The primary and secondary weight mean the same thing they did in in the pre-allocator world; primary metaslabs are used for most allocations, secondary metaslabs are used for ditto blocks being allocated in the same metaslab group. There is also the CLAIM weight, which has been separated out from the other weights, but that is less important to understanding the patch. The active metaslabs for each allocator are moved from their normal place in the metaslab tree for the group to the back of the tree. This way, they will not be selected for use by other allocators searching for new metaslabs unless all the passive metaslabs are unsuitable for allocations. If that does happen, the allocators will "steal" from each other to ensure that IOs don't fail until there is truly no space left to perform allocations. In addition, the alloc queue for each metaslab group has been broken into a separate queue for each allocator. We don't want to dramatically increase the number of inflight IOs on low-end systems, because it can significantly increase txg times. On the other hand, we want to ensure that there are enough IOs for each allocator to allow for good coalescing before sending the IOs to the disk. As a result, we take a compromise path; each allocator's alloc queue max depth starts at a certain value for every txg. Every time an IO completes, we increase the max depth. This should hopefully provide a good balance between the two failure modes, while not dramatically increasing complexity. We also parallelize the spa_alloc_tree and spa_alloc_lock, which cause very similar contention when selecting IOs to allocate. This parallelization uses the same allocator scheme as metaslab selection. Performance Results =================== Performance improvements from this change can vary significantly based on the number of CPUs in the system, whether or not the system has a NUMA architecture, the speed of the drives, the values for the various tunables, and the workload being performed. For an fio async sequential write workload on a 24 core NUMA system with 256 GB of RAM and 8 128 GB SSDs, there is a roughly 25% performance improvement. Future Work =========== Analysis of the performance of the system with this patch applied shows that a significant new bottleneck is the vdev disk queues, which also need to be parallelized. Prototyping of this change has occurred, and there was a performance improvement, but more work needs to be done before its stability has been verified and it is ready to be upstreamed. Authored by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com> Ported-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com> Porting Notes: * Fix reservation test failures by increasing tolerance. OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9112 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3f3cc3c3 Closes #7682
2018-02-12 23:56:06 +03:00
for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_trees[i]));
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_locks[i]);
}
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com> Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible. In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices. The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth). The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth) are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied. OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7 Closes #5258 Porting Notes: - Maintained minimal stack in zio_done - Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress - Added module params and documentation - Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
2016-10-14 03:59:18 +03:00
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Update usable space statistics.
*/
OpenZFS 9102 - zfs should be able to initialize storage devices PROBLEM ======== The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms (e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are "thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN have been written. SOLUTION ========= This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty. When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately, and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the vdev). Detailed design: - new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...] - start, suspend, or cancel initialization - Creates new open-context thread for each vdev - Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev - Each metaslab: - select a metaslab - load the metaslab - mark the metaslab as being zeroed - walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate them to ranges on the leaf vdev - issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to a free range on the metaslab we're working on - continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been "zeroed" - reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed - if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks. - if no more metaslabs, then we're done. - progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s leaf zap object. The following information is stored: - the last offset that has been initialized - the state of the initialization process (i.e. active, suspended, or canceled) - the start time for the initialization - progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows information for each of the vdevs that are initializing Porting notes: - Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern written by "zpool initialize". - Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options. Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210eb Closes #8230
2018-12-19 17:54:59 +03:00
while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
!= NULL)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
metaslab_class_evict_old(spa->spa_normal_class, txg);
metaslab_class_evict_old(spa->spa_log_class, txg);
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_update_dspace(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
* since vdev_config_sync().
*/
ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
OpenZFS 9166 - zfs storage pool checkpoint Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can be found in this blogpost: https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/ A lightning talk of this feature can be found here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM Implementation details can be found in big block comment of spa_checkpoint.c Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained elsewhere: * renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without losing meaning * space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable (space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a 1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger block size. Porting notes: * The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function. * Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write to block device backed pools. * ZTS: * Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg". * Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in checkpoint_capacity. * Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed its attempts to fill the pool * Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up the "setup" phase. * Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid duplicate pool issues. * The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER. * New module parameters: zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit, zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only) vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev) vdev_min_ms_count Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8 Closes #7570
2016-12-17 01:11:29 +03:00
while (zfs_pause_spa_sync)
delay(1);
spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
* the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
* will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
* that txg has been completed.
*/
spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
*/
spa_async_dispatch(spa);
}
/*
* Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
* operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
* sync.
*/
void
spa_sync_allpools(void)
{
spa_t *spa = NULL;
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
!spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
continue;
spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_close(spa, FTAG);
}
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
}
/*
* ==========================================================================
* Miscellaneous routines
* ==========================================================================
*/
/*
* Remove all pools in the system.
*/
void
spa_evict_all(void)
{
spa_t *spa;
/*
* Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
* so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
*/
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
/*
* Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
* a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
* spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
*/
spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_async_suspend(spa);
mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
spa_close(spa, FTAG);
if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
spa_unload(spa);
spa_deactivate(spa);
}
spa_remove(spa);
}
mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
}
vdev_t *
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
vdev_t *vd;
int i;
if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
return (vd);
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (aux) {
for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
2009-07-03 02:44:48 +04:00
if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
return (vd);
}
for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
return (vd);
}
}
return (NULL);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
void
spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
{
ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
* This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
* future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
* possible.
*/
ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
}
boolean_t
spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
{
int i;
uint64_t spareguid;
spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
return (B_TRUE);
for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
&spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
return (B_TRUE);
}
return (B_FALSE);
}
/*
* Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
* Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
*/
static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
{
int i, refcnt;
uint64_t pool;
spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
&refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
refcnt > 2)
return (B_TRUE);
}
return (B_FALSE);
}
Log Spacemap Project = Motivation At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata. Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating spacemaps. The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example, assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of 1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG. We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk. In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more memory. Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time. The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger block size. = About this patch This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the solution to the above problem while taking into account all the aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can be found in the references sections below and in the code (see Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c). Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this, when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array), its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs are truly unique within a pool. = Testing The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related problems. = Performance Analysis (Linux Specific) All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run. After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment (graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png). Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for the log spacemap bits. Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8, and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79% of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying objects. [related graphs: stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png] Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute interval. sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png = Porting to Other Platforms For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on: Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent db587941c5ff6dea01932bb78f70db63cf7f38ba Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding 419ba5914552c6185afbe1dd17b3ed4b0d526547 Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions 8dc2197b7b1e4d7ebc1420ea30e51c6541f1d834 Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load() b194fab0fb6caad18711abccaff3c69ad8b3f6d3 Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present df72b8bebe0ebac0b20e0750984bad182cb6564a Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB c853f382db731e15a87512f4ef1101d14d778a55 zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether 21e7cf5da89f55ce98ec1115726b150e19eefe89 vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs 7558997d2f808368867ca7e5234e5793446e8f3f Simplify log vdev removal code 6c926f426a26ffb6d7d8e563e33fc176164175cb Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length 425d3237ee88abc53d8522a7139c926d278b4b7f Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms 928e8ad47d3478a3d5d01f0dd6ae74a9371af65e Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock 8eef997679ba54547f7d361553d21b3291f41ae7 = References Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature - OpenZFS 2017 Presentation: youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results (Illumos Specific) - Blogpost: sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/ - OpenZFS 2018 Presentation: youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw - Slides: slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm Upstream Delphix Issues: DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320 DLPX-63385 Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com> Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com> Closes #8442
2019-07-16 20:11:49 +03:00
uint64_t
spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t *spa)
{
vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
uint64_t m = 0;
for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd))
continue;
m += vd->vdev_ms_count;
}
return (m);
}
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
/*
* Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
* progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
* whether it is finished waiting.
*/
void
spa_notify_waiters(spa_t *spa)
{
/*
* Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
* happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
*/
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_activities_cv);
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
}
/*
* Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
* they are finished using the spa_t.
*/
void
spa_wake_waiters(spa_t *spa)
{
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
spa->spa_waiters_cancel = B_TRUE;
cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_activities_cv);
while (spa->spa_waiters != 0)
cv_wait(&spa->spa_waiters_cv, &spa->spa_activities_lock);
spa->spa_waiters_cancel = B_FALSE;
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
}
/* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants are being initialized/trimmed. */
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
static boolean_t
spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vdev_t *vd, zpool_wait_activity_t activity)
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
{
spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, RW_READER));
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_activities_lock));
ASSERT(activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE ||
activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM);
kmutex_t *lock = activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE ?
&vd->vdev_initialize_lock : &vd->vdev_trim_lock;
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
mutex_enter(lock);
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
boolean_t in_progress = (activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE) ?
(vd->vdev_initialize_state == VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE) :
(vd->vdev_trim_state == VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE);
mutex_exit(lock);
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
if (in_progress)
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
return (B_TRUE);
for (int i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
if (spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd->vdev_child[i],
activity))
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
return (B_TRUE);
}
return (B_FALSE);
}
/*
* If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
* being initialized/trimmed. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool
* is being initialized/trimmed. The caller must hold the config lock and
* spa_activities_lock.
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
*/
static int
spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa_t *spa, boolean_t use_guid, uint64_t guid,
zpool_wait_activity_t activity, boolean_t *in_progress)
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
{
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
vdev_t *vd;
if (use_guid) {
vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
if (vd == NULL || !vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
return (EINVAL);
}
} else {
vd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
}
*in_progress = spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd, activity);
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
return (0);
}
/*
* Locking for waiting threads
* ---------------------------
*
* Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
* and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
* in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
* determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
* the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
* not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
* config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
* lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
*
* When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
* and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
* is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
* internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
* thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
* progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
*
* The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
* activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
* spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
* needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
* lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
*
* Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
* and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
* activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
* the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
* and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
*
* In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
* cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
* activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
* activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
* the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
* completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
* held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
* first.
*/
static int
spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t *spa, zpool_wait_activity_t activity,
boolean_t use_tag, uint64_t tag, boolean_t *in_progress)
{
int error = 0;
ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_activities_lock));
switch (activity) {
case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD:
*in_progress =
(spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT) &&
zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa),
DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT) ==
ENOENT);
break;
case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE:
*in_progress = ((spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS &&
!bpobj_is_empty(&spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_free_bpobj)) ||
spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY) ||
spa_livelist_delete_check(spa));
break;
case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE:
case ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM:
error = spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa, use_tag, tag,
activity, in_progress);
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
break;
case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE:
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
*in_progress = vdev_replace_in_progress(spa->spa_root_vdev);
spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
break;
case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE:
*in_progress = (spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state ==
DSS_SCANNING);
break;
case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER:
Add device rebuild feature The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after the sequential resilver completes. The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and `zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering. zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev> zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev> The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering. The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers may be in progress as long as they're operating on different top-level vdevs. The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different than healing resilvers. Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are compatible with the dRAID feature being developed. As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both resilvering and rebuilding. Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov> Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com> Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com> Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Closes #10349
2020-07-03 21:05:50 +03:00
if ((*in_progress = vdev_rebuild_active(spa->spa_root_vdev)))
break;
/* fall through */
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB:
{
boolean_t scanning, paused, is_scrub;
dsl_scan_t *scn = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_scan;
is_scrub = (scn->scn_phys.scn_func == POOL_SCAN_SCRUB);
scanning = (scn->scn_phys.scn_state == DSS_SCANNING);
paused = dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn);
*in_progress = (scanning && !paused &&
is_scrub == (activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB));
break;
}
default:
panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity);
}
return (error);
}
static int
spa_wait_common(const char *pool, zpool_wait_activity_t activity,
boolean_t use_tag, uint64_t tag, boolean_t *waited)
{
/*
* The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
* 'initialize' and 'trim' are the only activities that we use this for.
* The other activities can only have a single instance in progress in a
* pool at one time, making the tag unnecessary.
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
*
* There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
* all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
* of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
*/
if (use_tag && activity != ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE &&
activity != ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM)
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
return (EINVAL);
if (activity < 0 || activity >= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES)
return (EINVAL);
spa_t *spa;
int error = spa_open(pool, &spa, FTAG);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
/*
* Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
* still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
* finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
* before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
* prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
* potentially long wait.
*/
mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
spa->spa_waiters++;
spa_close(spa, FTAG);
*waited = B_FALSE;
for (;;) {
boolean_t in_progress;
error = spa_activity_in_progress(spa, activity, use_tag, tag,
&in_progress);
if (error || !in_progress || spa->spa_waiters_cancel)
Add subcommand to wait for background zfs activity to complete Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient. This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked, 'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following: - Scrubs or resilvers to complete - Devices to initialized - Devices to be replaced - Devices to be removed - Checkpoints to be discarded - Background freeing to complete For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running zpool wait -t scrub <pool> This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace, remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous. This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the sake of portability. Porting Notes: This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes were made while porting: - Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration. - Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate better with changes made for TRIM support. - Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress. Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of just if a checkpoint was being discarded. - Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable. - Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait' functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS. - Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg. - Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait. Future work: ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for trim operations to complete. Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com> Closes #9162
2019-09-14 04:09:06 +03:00
break;
*waited = B_TRUE;
if (cv_wait_sig(&spa->spa_activities_cv,
&spa->spa_activities_lock) == 0) {
error = EINTR;
break;
}
}
spa->spa_waiters--;
cv_signal(&spa->spa_waiters_cv);
mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
return (error);
}
/*
* Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
* the instance is identified by 'tag'
*/
int
spa_wait_tag(const char *pool, zpool_wait_activity_t activity, uint64_t tag,
boolean_t *waited)
{
return (spa_wait_common(pool, activity, B_TRUE, tag, waited));
}
/*
* Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
*/
int
spa_wait(const char *pool, zpool_wait_activity_t activity, boolean_t *waited)
{
return (spa_wait_common(pool, activity, B_FALSE, 0, waited));
}
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
sysevent_t *
spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
{
sysevent_t *ev = NULL;
#ifdef _KERNEL
nvlist_t *resource;
resource = zfs_event_create(spa, vd, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS, name, hist_nvl);
if (resource) {
ev = kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t), KM_SLEEP);
ev->resource = resource;
}
#endif
return (ev);
}
OpenZFS 7614, 9064 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool. This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location. After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed (now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations on the indirect vdev. The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped" to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs. Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g. the other side of the mirror. At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz. Porting Notes: * Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children(). The device evacuation code adds a dependency that vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux, kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather than NULL for zero-sized allocations. * Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE. Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms. * ZTS changes: Use set_tunable rather than mdb Use zpool sync as appropriate Use sync_pool instead of sync Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux removal_multiple_indirection.ksh Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code coverage builders. removal_resume_export: Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish before the export has a chance to fail. * MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly. * Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool feature which is not supported by OpenZFS. * Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints. * Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended, but when running in the automated test environment they produce unreliable results on the latest Fedora release. They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled. Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com> Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com> Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1eb Closes #6900
2016-09-22 19:30:13 +03:00
void
spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev)
{
#ifdef _KERNEL
if (ev) {
zfs_zevent_post(ev->resource, NULL, zfs_zevent_post_cb);
kmem_free(ev, sizeof (*ev));
}
#endif
}
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
/*
OpenZFS 5997 - FRU field not set during pool creation and never updated Authored by: Hans Rosenfeld <hans.rosenfeld@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Dan Fields <dan.fields@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Josef Sipek <josef.sipek@nexenta.com> Reviewed by: Richard Elling <richard.elling@gmail.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com> Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com> Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/5997 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/1437283 Porting Notes: In addition to the OpenZFS changes this patch realigns the events with those found in OpenZFS. Events which would be logged as sysevents on illumos have been been mapped to the 'sysevent' class for Linux. In addition, several subclass names have been changed to match what is used in OpenZFS. In all cases this means a '.' was changed to an '_' in the subclass. The scripts provided by ZoL have been updated, however users which provide scripts for any of the following events will need to rename them based on the new subclass names. ereport.fs.zfs.config.sync sysevent.fs.zfs.config_sync ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.destroy sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_destroy ereport.fs.zfs.zpool.reguid sysevent.fs.zfs.pool_reguid ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.remove sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_remove ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.clear sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_clear ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.check sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_check ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.spare sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_spare ereport.fs.zfs.vdev.autoexpand sysevent.fs.zfs.vdev_autoexpand ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.start sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_start ereport.fs.zfs.resilver.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.resilver_finish ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.start sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_start ereport.fs.zfs.scrub.finish sysevent.fs.zfs.scrub_finish ereport.fs.zfs.bootfs.vdev.attach sysevent.fs.zfs.bootfs_vdev_attach
2016-07-28 01:29:15 +03:00
* Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent. The 'name' must be one
* of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
* filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
* in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
* or zdb as real changes.
*/
void
spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
{
spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, hist_nvl, name));
2008-11-20 23:01:55 +03:00
}
/* state manipulation functions */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats);
/* device manipulation */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror);
/* spare statech is global across all pools) */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate);
/* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop);
/* scanning */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop);
/* spa syncing */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync); /* only for DMU use */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools);
/* properties */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs);
/* asynchronous event notification */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify);
/* BEGIN CSTYLED */
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa, spa_, load_verify_shift, INT, ZMOD_RW,
"log2 fraction of arc that can be used by inflight I/Os when "
"verifying pool during import");
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa, spa_, load_verify_metadata, INT, ZMOD_RW,
"Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa, spa_, load_verify_data, INT, ZMOD_RW,
"Set to traverse data on pool import");
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa, spa_, load_print_vdev_tree, INT, ZMOD_RW,
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
"Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio, zio_, taskq_batch_pct, UINT, ZMOD_RD,
"Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
Scale worker threads and taskqs with number of CPUs While use of dynamic taskqs allows to reduce number of idle threads, hardcoded 8 taskqs of each kind is a big overkill for small systems, complicating CPU scheduling, increasing I/O reorder, etc, while providing no real locking benefits, just not needed there. On another side, 12*8 worker threads per kind are able to overload almost any system nowadays. For example, pool of several fast SSDs with SHA256 checksum makes system barely responsive during scrub, or with dedup enabled barely responsive during large file deletion. To address both problems this patch introduces ZTI_SCALE macro, alike to ZTI_BATCH, but with multiple taskqs, depending on number of CPUs, to be used in places where lock scalability is needed, while request ordering is not so much. The code is made to create new taskq for ~6 worker threads (less for small systems, but more for very large) up to 80% of CPU cores (previous 75% was not good for rounding down). Both number of threads and threads per taskq are now tunable in case somebody really wants to use all of system power for ZFS. While obviously some benchmarks show small peak performance reduction (not so big really, especially on systems with SMT, where use of the second threads does not give as much performance as the first ones), they also show dramatic latency reduction and much more smooth user- space operation in case of high CPU usage by ZFS. Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov> Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org> Sponsored-By: iXsystems, Inc. Closes #11966
2021-05-14 19:13:53 +03:00
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio, zio_, taskq_batch_tpq, UINT, ZMOD_RD,
"Number of threads per IO worker taskqueue");
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs, zfs_, max_missing_tvds, ULONG, ZMOD_RW,
"Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level "
"vdevs (in read-only mode)");
OpenZFS 9075 - Improve ZFS pool import/load process and corrupted pool recovery Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool load (and import) process. This includes: 7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions 8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed 7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config, and then all the vdevs are opened. The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned. The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted: The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened. When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev; when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs. This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't, for instance, register a recent device addition. With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level (i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import. Porting notes (ZTS): * Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import * The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly. * Set/get tunables using accessor functions. * Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism. * Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be exported if there is an error. * Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things, the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system, makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to parted and can make some of the tests fail. * Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test configuration now that FILESIZE is larger. * Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in a couple tests. * Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists. * Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed. Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com> Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com> Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com> Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org> Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com> OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075 OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123 Closes #7459
2016-07-22 17:39:36 +03:00
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense, zfs_livelist_condense_, zthr_pause, INT, ZMOD_RW,
"Set the livelist condense zthr to pause");
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense, zfs_livelist_condense_, sync_pause, INT, ZMOD_RW,
"Set the livelist condense synctask to pause");
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense, zfs_livelist_condense_, sync_cancel, INT, ZMOD_RW,
"Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the synctask");
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense, zfs_livelist_condense_, zthr_cancel, INT, ZMOD_RW,
"Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the zthr function");
ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense, zfs_livelist_condense_, new_alloc, INT, ZMOD_RW,
"Whether extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a livelist entry while it "
"was being condensed");
/* END CSTYLED */